b. tech (mechatronics engineering) (version 5.0) w.e.f. …
TRANSCRIPT
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES
(ISO 9001:2008 Certified)
B. TECH (MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING)
(VERSION 5.0)
w.e.f. 2019
______________________________________________________________________________
___________
UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135-
2776053/54
“Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135-
2776090
P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL:
www.upes.ac.in
Dehradun – 248007
(Uttarakhand)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
All Information contained in this document has been licensed
to the University of Petroleum & Energy Studies (UPES), which
have the sole intellectual property rights in this information. By
accepting this material, the recipient agrees that the
information contained herein will be held in confidence and will
not be reproduced, disclosed, divulged or used either in whole
or in part without prior permission from UPES
@ UPES
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
B.Tech. Mechatronics Engineering 2019 SEMESTER I SEMESTER II
Course
Code
Course Credits Course Code Course Credits
MATH 1026 Mathematics I 4 MATH 1027 Mathematics II 4
CHEM 1011 Chemistry I 4 PHYS 1020 Physics I 4
SODT 1301 Design Thinking 3 PHYS 1120 Physics I Lab 1.5
EPEG 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 HUMN 1006 English 2
MECH 1004 Engineering Graphics 3 HUMN 1106 English Lab 1
HSFS 1004 Environmental Science 0 MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices 3
EPEG 1101 Basic Electrical Engineering
Lab 1 ECEG 1002
Basic Electronics
Engineering 2
CHEM 1111 Chemistry I Lab
1.5 ECEG 1102 Basic Electronics
Engineering Lab 1
HUMN 1010 Induction Program 0 CSEG 1003
Programming for
Problem Solving 3
CSEG 1103
Programming for
Problem Solving Lab 2
HUMN 1007 Indian Constitution 0
TOTAL 18.5 TOTAL 23.5
SEMESTER
III
SEMESTER IV
Course
Code
Course Credits Course Code Course Credits
MATH 2037 Statistical and Numerical
Methods 4
HSFS 2301 Biology for Engineers 3
MEMA
2001 Materials Science 3
UCIE 0301 Venture Ideation 2
MECH 2014 Engineering
Thermodynamics 3
MECH 2019 Engineering Mechanics 4 MECH 2025
Fluid Mechanics & Fluid
Machines 5
HUMN 1301 Human Values & Ethics 3 MECH 2012 Strength of Materials 4
ECEG 2010 Signals & Systems 3 ECEG 2030
Analog & Digital
Electronics 3
Open Elective I 3 ECEG 3011
Instrumentation &
Control 3
MECH 2103 Engineering Graphics
Lab II 1
TOTAL 23 TOTAL 21
SEMESTER
V
SEMESTER VI
Course
Code
Course Credits Course Code Course Credits
MECH 3019 Theory of Machines 5 ECEG 3028
Programmable Logic
Controller & HMI 4.5
ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems 4 MECH 3021
Hydraulics and
Pneumatics 4.5
MECH 3001 Design of Machine Elements 4 MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM 4
ECEG 3001 Robotics & Control 4 Professional Elective II 3
HUMN 3011 Presentation Skills 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Professional Elective I 3 HUMN 3010 Social Internship 1
PROJ 3110 Minor Project I 1 PROJ 3102 Minor Project II 3
TOTAL 21 TOTAL 23
PE- I PE - II
MEPD
3010P Manufacturing Technology
MECH 3015P Heat Transfer
CSEG
3019P Data Structure & Algorithms CSEG 2014P
Computer Organization
& Architecture
ECEG
4006P
Analog & Digital
Communication MEPD 3009P Advanced Robotics
SEMESTER VII SEMESTER VIII
Course
Code
Course Credits Course Code Course Credits
EPEG 3002 Power Electronics & Drives 4 MEPD 4016
Mechatronics System
Design 4
MEPD 4010 Automation in Manufacturing 3 Professional Elective IV 3
Professional Elective III 3 Professional Elective V 3
Open Elective II 3 Open Elective III 3
MEPD 4115 Real Time Systems Lab 1 PROJ 4110 Major Project II 6
PROJ 4109 Major Project I 2
SIIB 4101 Summer Internship 2
TOTAL 18 TOTAL 19
PE - III PE - IV
MECH
4027P Vibration Engineering CSEG 4009P
Computer Programming
(JAVA)
MECH
4010P Biomedical Mechatronics MECH 4007P Finite Element Method
MECH
3014P
Design & Analysis of
Algorithms ECEG 2013P Digital Signal Processing
EPEG
4011P Electrical Machines CSEG 3005P Artificial Intelligence
MECH
4008P Operations Research PE - V
MECH 4011P
Micro Electro-Mechanical
Systems
CSEG 4008P
Computer Networks &
Distributed Control
CSIS 4001P Internet-of-Things
CHCE 3033P Process Control
Total Credits of B.Tech. Mechatronics Engineering 2019 167
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
a. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs) and PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs) for
ME:
B1. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
PO1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2. Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural
sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health
and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
PO4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
PO5. Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations.
PO6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.
PO7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.
PO8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and
in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective
reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
PO11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management
principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12. Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
B2. Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
PSO1. Design real-time mechatronic systems, components and processes.
PSO2. Apply the knowledge of Mechanical, Electrical, Computer Science and Artificial
Intelligence in the design of Engineering products and processes.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MATH-1026 Mathematics-I L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics up to intermediate level
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To enable the students apply matrix theory in engineering problems.
2. To help the students develop the skills related to multivariate calculus.
3. To enable the students understand the application of vector calculus in engineering
problems.
4. To enable students approximate the function of one variable by infinite series.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the students will be able to
CO1. Find the solution of a system of linear equations.
CO2. Apply the techniques to handle the functions of several variables for calculus.
CO3. Demonstrate the basic concepts of vector calculus with relevant applications.
CO4. Find the infinite series approximation of a periodic and non-periodic function of one
variable.
Catalog Description
Mathematics is a natural complementary discipline for learning, understanding and appreciating
many fundamental science and engineering concepts. It helps us to develop logical thinking and
also to find the right way to solve problems. The purpose of this course is to provide participants
with the skills, knowledge required to perform fundamental mathematical procedures and
processes for solution of engineering problems, particularly the use of matrices, multivariable
calculus, vector calculus. The approximation techniques for periodic and non-periodic functions
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
using infinite series are important for engineering disciplines while matrices are foundations for
computer science.
Course Content
Unit I: Matrices 8 lecture hours
Elementary transformation, Inverse of matrix , linearly independent vectors, rank of a matrix,
solution of system of linear equations, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, characteristic equation,
Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalization of matrices, Orthogonal transformation and
quadratic to canonical forms.
Unit II: Multivariable Calculus 12 lecture hours
Partial derivatives, Euler’s Theorem and its Applications, total derivative, Jacobians, extrema of
functions of two variables, Method of Lagrange multipliers.
Beta and gamma function, Multiple Integration: double and triple integrals, change of order of
integration, change of variables , Applications: areas, volumes, center of mass and Gravity
(constant and variable densities).
Unit III: Vector Calculus 8 lecture hours
Vector and scalar functions and fields, Gradient of a scalar field, Directional derivative;
Divergence and curl of a vector field. Line Integrals, Path Independence of Line Integrals;
Surface Integral; Volume Integral, Applications of Green’s theorem, Gauss’ divergence theorem
& Stoke’s theorem.
Unit IV: Fourier series and transform 8 lecture hours
Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series, Periodic Functions, Fourier Series expansion of functions of
period 2𝑙, Half Range Sine and Cosine series, Fourier transform.
TEXT BOOKS
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications. ISBN:
9788126531356.
2. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 2000. ISBN:
8174091955
3. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa
Publications. ISBN: 9788184875607.
4. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN:
9780071070089.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
5. N.P. Bali and M. Goyal, “A text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Laxmi
Publications, 2010. ISBN : 978-81-318-0803-0
6. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic geometry”, Pearson, 2002.
ISBN: 978-0201531749
7. T. Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics”, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008. ISBN: 978-
0-07-061678-3
8. D. Poole, “Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction”, Brooks/Cole, 2005. ISBN: 978-
1285463247
9. V. Krishnamurthy, V. P. Mainra and J. L. Arora, “An introduction to Linear Algebra”,
Affiliated East-West press, 2005. ISBN: 9780071070591
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
PSO
3
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
Avera
ge 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -
-
1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CHEM1011 Chemistry-I L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th Level Chemistry
Co-requisites
Course Objectives
1. To make students familiar with the fundamental concepts of chemistry.
2. To make the students understand the various basic chemical reactions, related
calculations and reasoning.
3. To prepare the students for studying advanced subjects with required knowledge of
chemistry.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Choose and develop the appropriate fuel for commercial and domestic application with
respect to socio-economic and environment concern.
CO2. Apply the concepts of reaction dynamics for the improvement of chemical reactions
involved in general chemical processes.
CO3. Explain the mechanism, theories and preventive measurements, of corrosion, with the
help of electrochemical concepts.
CO4. Analysis and enhance the water quality
CO5. Explain preparation method, properties and application of polymeric and nanomaterials.
Catalog Description
Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or imagine. It
is one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge, refinery and
industry. In this course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of students about
chemistry. Students will learn how to use the concepts correctly through prescribed syllabus.
They will be taught various types of fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality of
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
fuels in refineries will be discussed. Combustion calculations related to oxygen or air required
will help them to get an effective fuel: O2 ratio to result in proper and complete combustion.
Water chemistry will make the students understand various parameters of water quality and the
treatments to improve it. Chemical dynamics will help them to understand the mechanism of
reaction. This knowledge will make them able to control the factors to move the reaction in
desired direction. Corrosion is based on electrochemical cells. For any engineer, it is quite
mandatory to have an understanding to select the suitable metal and also the methods to protect it
from decaying. They will also be discussed about various types of polymers and nanomaterials
so that they can correlate their properties to their various application areas. Course delivery will
be made by classroom teaching, Blackboard, presentations, videos and tutorial classes
Course Content
UNIT -1: FUELS & THERMOCHEMISTRY 10 lecture hours
Enthalpy of formation, Enthalpy of neutralization and Enthalpy of combustion, Hess’s law of
constant heat summation and its application, bond energy, Fuels - Introduction, Classification,
Important properties of a good fuels, Calorific value, Determination of calorific value by Bomb
calorimeter, Analysis of coal- proximate, Ultimate analysis, Combustion and its calculations,
Distillation of crude oil, composition of petroleum, Important reactions for petroleum industries
(isomerization, dimerization, aromatization, cracking), Octane number, cetane number,
renewable energy sources: biodiesel, biogas, bioethanol. Hydrocarbons chemistry: Basic
concepts for preparation strategy, chemical properties and reactivity of aliphatic (alkanes,
alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes) and aromatic hydrocarbons..
Unit 2: REACTION DYNAMICS 9 lecture hours
Rate of reaction and rate constant, factors affecting rate of a reaction, order and molecularity of a
reaction, Rate expression for zero and first order, Pseudo first order reaction, Second (2A &
A+B) and third (3A) order reaction, Methods of determining order of a reaction: Hit and trial
method, half-life period method, graphical method, Von’t Hoff method (ratio variation method),
differential method and Ostwald isolation method. Concept of energy barrier and activation
energy, Collision theory, Kinetics of complex reactions- reversible, parallel, consecutive and
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
chain reaction, Steady state approximation, Lindemann theory. Equilibrium and equilibrium
constant, Kp, Kc, Kx. Homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, Le-chatelier principle.
Unit 3: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 6 lecture hour
Galvanic cell, Single electrode potential, Nernst equation, Nernst Equation based concept and
complex problem in electrochemistry, ECS and its applications. Conductance and its types,
Variation of conductance with dilution, Kohlrausch law, conductometric titrations, application of
electrochemistry in corrosion. Corrosion: Introduction, dry theory, Wet theory, acid theory,
types, Factors, prevention.
Unit 4: WATER CHEMISTRY 6 lecture hour
Introduction, hardness of water, measurement of hardness, alkalinity, water softening- lime-soda
process, zeolite process, ion exchange process.
Unit 5: POLYMERS 6 lecture hour
Classification, Types of polymerization techniques: Bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion,
mechanism of polymerization (cationic, anionic and free radical), vulcanization, average
molecular weight of polymers, conducting polymers, plastic used in daily life applications viz.
making of tyres, ropes, electrical fittings, contact lenses, credit cards, air tight containers,
cookwares, cold drink bottles.
Unit 6 : NANOMATERIALS 3 lecture hour
Introduction, Methods of preparation: precipitation, co-precipitation, sol-gel, hydrothermal,
microemulsion. Introduction to various characterization techniques viz. XRD, SEM, TEM, BET,
UV-VIS for nanomaterials. Properties: optical and surface properties. Application of
nanomaterials..
Text Books
1. Engineering Chemistry by Renu Bapna. Publisher: New Delhi: MacMillan, 2010,
ISBN:0230330762.
2. Text book of Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla, Publisher: Delhi: Dhanpat Rai, 2014.
ISBN 13: 123456755036.
3. Engineering Chemistry by P. Krishnamoorty. Publisher: New Delhi: McGraw Hill, 2012,
Edition: 1. ISBN: 9780071328753.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Reference Books
1. Encyclopedic dictionary of organic chemistry, By Milton, Jules K., Publisher: New Delhi
Pentagon Press 2004Description: 208p., ISBN: 818274167--X; 9788182741676.
2. Crude oil chemistry, By: Simanzhenkov, Vasily, BookPublisher: New York: Marcel Dekker,
2003 Description: 409p.ISBN: 082474098.
3. Atkins' physical chemistry, By: Atkins, Peter, Paula, Julio De, BookPublisher: New Delhi
Oxford University Press 2014, Edition: 10th. ISBN: 9780198728726; 0198728727.
4. Essentials of Physical Chemistry by Bahl & Tuli, Publisher: S.Chand & Co., ISBN 13: 978-
8121929783.
5. Organic Chemistry for engineers, By: Mallick, Abhijit, Book Publisher: New Delhi: Viva
Books, 2012, ISBN: 9788130920580.
Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written
Examination/Presentation
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
01
PSO
02
CO1 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
CO4 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5…. 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
Average 2.8 2 1 1 - - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Objectives
1. To enable students to acquire knowledge, imagination and be more assertive on opinions
on problems in society.
2. To enable students to learn basics of research, data collection, analysis, brainstorming to
find solutions to issues.
3. To make them understand Design Thinking methodologies to problems in field of study
and other areas as well.
4. To help students to understand future Engineering positions with scope of understanding
dynamics of working between inter departments of a typical OEM.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
SODT 1301 DESIGN THINKING L T P C
Version 0.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of analyzing society problems and product usage
problems and a zeal to improve the current situation, in
addition to knowing to using laptop/computers, internet,
social media interaction, file sharing and uploading, email
and communication etiquettes.
Co-requisites --
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO1. Examine design thinking concepts and principles
CO2. Practice the methods, processes, and tools of design thinking
CO3. Apply the Design Thinking approach and model to real world scenarios
CO4. Analyze the role of primary and secondary research in the discovery stage of design
thinking
Catalog Description
Design thinking course is a completely online course offered to the first year B.Tech across all
streams. The course is offered by Laureate Design University for UPES Students along with
Domus Academy Milan and New School of Architecture & Design, San Diego. The Design
Thinking Model introduced in this course helps us to understand the steps followed in the
process of designing a solution to a problem. The online course has 8 modules to be completed in
8 weeks. Hence each module is allotted a week for understanding and assignment submissions.
Course Content
UNIT 1:WHAT IS DESIGN THINKING 06 lecture hours
Designers seek to transform problems into opportunities. Through collaboration, teamwork, and
creativity, they investigate user needs and desires on the way to developing human-centered
products and/or services. This approach is at the very heart of design thinking.
UNIT II: THE DESIGN THINKING MODEL 06 lecture hours
A tool that helps guide you along a design thinking path. The model does this by providing a
series of activities that that will help you effectively design a product, service or solution to a
user’s need. The model presents the approach as a process, allowing us to look at each step – or
phase – along the journey to the development of a final design.
UNIT III: PHASE 1: DISCOVER 08 lecture hours
Begin the design thinking process with the Discover phase, where you will identify the specific
problem your design is intended to solve, as well as important usability aspects from those who
will use your design. Discovery can be performed through a variety of different research
methods which you will learn in this module.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIT IV: PHASE 2: DEFINE 08 lecture hours
In the Define phase, you come to understand the problem. We often refer to this as framing the
problem. You can do this by using a variety of tools, including storytelling, storyboarding,
customer journey maps, personas, scenarios, and more.
UNIT V: PHASE 3: DEVELOP 06 lecture hours
Turn your attention to solving the problem. In this phase you brainstorm custom creative
solutions to the problems previously identified and framed. To do this, you conceptualize in any
way that helps, putting ideas on paper, on a computer, or anywhere whereby they can be
considered and discussed.
Unit VI: PHASE 4: DELIVER 06 lecture hours
This phase is all about testing and building concepts. Here you take all of the ideas that have
been discussed to this point and bring them a little closer to reality by building a concept;
something that makes it easier for a user to experience a design. This concept is referred to as a
prototype.
Unit VII: PHASE 5: ITERATE 08 lecture hours
You will test the prototype of your design solution, collecting and acting on feedback received.
These actions may mean minor or major revisions to your design, and are repeated as often as
necessary until a solution is reached. Tools such as focus groups and questionnaires are used to
help you collect feedback that can help with your final design.
Unit VIII: BEYOND DESIGN THINKING 06 lecture hours
The Design Thinking Model is a tool that helps guide you along a design thinking path. The
model does this by providing a series of activities that that will help you effectively design a
product, service or solution to a user’s need. The model presents the approach as a process,
allowing us to look at each step – or phase – along the journey to the development of a final
design.
Text Books
1. All the references are available to download in the online course.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Reference Books
1. Brown, Tim. “What We Can Learn from Barn Raisers.” Design Thinking: Thoughts by
Tim Brown. Design Thinking, 16 January 2015. Web. 9 July 2015.
2. Knapp, Jake. “The 8 Steps to Creating a Great Storyboard.” Co.Design. Fast Company &
Inc., 21 Dec. 2013. Web. 9 July 2015.
3. van der Lelie, Corrie. “The Value of Storyboards in the Product Design Process.” Journal
of Personal and Ubiquitous Computing 10.203 (2006): 159–162. Web. 9 July 2015.
[PDF].
4. Millenson, Alisson. “Design Research 101: Prototyping Your Service with a Storyboard.”
Peer Insight. Peer Insight, 31 May 2013. Web. 9 July 2015.
Modes of Evaluation: online discussion and assignments
Examination Scheme: Continuous evaluation
All evaluation on the online course is done based on continuous basis for each of the 8
units/modules through out the semester. The assignment submission formats are in the form of
qualitative discussion boards and online submissions of research data and developed product
lifecycle and originally designed/redesigned prototype images.
Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 0 0 100
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
and Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 - - 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 3 - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO2 - - 2 2 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 3 - -
CO3 1 1 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 2 3 3 - -
CO4 - - 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 - -
Avera
ge 1 1 2.5
2.2
5
2.2
5
1.7
5 2 1 1.5 1.5 1.75 3 - -
1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Objectives
1. To provide knowledge required to understand environmental issues in multidisciplinary
model.
2. To enable student to comprehend natural environment and its relationships with human
activities and their impact.
3. The student should be capable to understand structural and functional aspects of ecosystem,
energy flow within the ecosystem using water, carbon, oxygen and nitrogen cycle and the
types of ecosystems,
4. To provide knowledge required to understand the renewable and non-renewable resources,
estimate the biological diversity of the environment and the threats to this biological
diversity.
5. Provide knowledge pertaining to the various types of pollution; identify the causes of various
types of pollution and their harmful effects. In addition, various treatment methods and
pollution control techniques.
6. To provide knowledge required to explain on global environmental issues
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Recall information, ideas, and principles in the various aspects of environmental science
and ecology that are particularly valuable to society.
HSFS 1004 Environmental Science L T P C
Version 0.0 0(Online) 0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of Chemistry, Biology and Physics
General Observation, Discipline & Adaptability
Co-requisites --
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO2: Distinguish and relate different types of biodiversity and natural resource and their impact
on sustainable development.
CO3: Assesses and analyze various aspect and types of pollution and will be able to adopt
ecofriendly technologies to facilitate conservation and regeneration of natural resource.
CO4: Create a pro- environmental attitude and behavioral pattern in the student that is based
creating sustainable life styles.
Catalog Description
Environmental Science, it is important for the students to have a knowledge about what is
happening to the earth and its resources. "The interdisciplinary course will be helpful in
imparting knowledge to undergraduates from all educational backgrounds". It will not only give
them a better understanding of environmental issues at the local, regional and global levels but
also help them develop lateral thinking in this area.
The subject gives a direct contact with nature and the knowledge of it: The subject
environmental science gives students an ample scope for ‘application’. They will get some real-
time knowledge and skill, which required when they are actually dealing with environmental
problems and the possible solutions. They can actually see the knowledge of physics and
chemistry and for that matter even biology helps them to protect environment. This could give
the student community a sense of ‘empowerment’.
EVS encompasses many other science domains: In EVS we find a classic amalgamation of many
other branches of science. This will expose students to a variety of theories and practical
approaches thus enriching their knowledge.
EVS encourages collaborative studies: When we talk about environmental issues, we
immediately realize that they are complex in nature. Such a thing will certainly chisel the
analytical and problem solving skills of the students. Since the nature of environmental problems
is both complex and critical, besides being huge, it demands team and collaborative work. This
helps students to improve their interpersonal skills and they will emerge great leaders and team
players in the future.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Conscientizes students to the problems of the planet earth: The study of EVS could itself be
conscientizing instrument in making students realize the peril of survival. Students might
become aware of the danger that many may be unknowingly or ignorantly unleashing upon the
planet we are living. In some ways it could be related to something called as “emancipator
pedagogy’’ which makes students more insightful.
Course Content
Unit I: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENT STUDIES
04 Lecture hours
Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, scope, importance of environment & need of
public awareness. Institutions in Environment, People in Environment
Unit II: ECOSYSTEM 05 Lecture Hours
Concept of Ecosystem, Structure of ecosystem (Biotic and Abiotic) Biotic ( Producer,
Consumer and Decomposer), Abiotic ( Physical factors & Chemical Factors) Functions of
ecosystem Food Chain, Food Web, Trophic Level, Ecological Pyramid ( Pyramid of energy,
biomass, number) Energy flow in an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical cycle ( cycling of nutrients ),
Carbon Cycle, Nitrogen cycle, Water Cycle, Oxygen Cycle, Carbon Cycle, Phosphorus cycle,
Ecological Succession – Definition , Types of Succession, (Hydrosere and Xerosere) and
Process of Succession.
Major Ecosystem Types: Terrestrial Ecosystem: Taiga, Tundra, Deciduous, Grassland, Tropical
Rain Forest, Desert, Aquatic Ecosystem: Fresh Water, (Lentic and Lotic Ecosystem) and Marine,
Ecosystem
Unit III: NATURAL RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT 05 Lecture Hours
Introduction of natural resources, Renewable and non-renewable resources, Renewable Energy:
Wind, Power, Geothermal, Hydropower, Biomass, Biofuel, Non-Renewable Energy: Petroleum,
Natural Gas, Coal, Nuclear energy, Forest, Use of forest, Deforestation & Afforestation. Causes
of Deforestation, Equitable use of resources for sustainable life style: Current and Future Global
Challenges, Water (Surface water and ground water), Mineral resources
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIT IV: BIODIVERSITY & ITS CONSERVATION 05 Lecture Hours
Introduction of biodiversity, types of biodiversity (Genetic, Species and Ecosystem
Biodiversity), Biogeographic Classification of India, Four Level Biogeographical Classification,
(a) The Biogeographic Zone (b) The Biotic Province, (c) The Land Region (d) The Biome, India-
A Mega-diversity nation, Ecoregion, Terrestrial Biome, Hot-Spots Biodiversity, Threats to
Biodiversity, conservation of biodiversity (In - situ & Ex-situ), Case Study Project Tiger
UNIT V: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND ITS CONTROL METHODS
05 Lecture Hours
Environmental Pollution, Types of Pollution, Causes, Effects and Control measures of Air
pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution, Radioactive
pollution, Solid waste management- Causes, Effects and Control measures, Disaster
Management (Flood, Earth Quake, Cyclone & Landslide)
UNIT VI: SOCIAL ISSUES AND ENVIRONMENT 06 Lecture Hours
Concept of sustainable development, (Concept, Principle and measures to Promote Sustainable
Development), Climate changes, Global warming, Acid rain, ozone layer depletion, Carbon Foot
Print, Ecological Foot Print, Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Protection Act,
Air Prevention Act, The Water Prevention Act, The Wild Life Protection Act, Forest
Conservation Act
UNIT VII: HUMAN POPULATION & ENVIRONMENT 06 Lecture Hours
Population growth, Variation among Nations, Family Welfare Programme Global Population
Growth, Population Explosion, Urbanization, HIV AIDS, Environment & Human Health, Value
Education, Women & Child Welfare, Role of IT in Environment & Human Health, Case Studies
PROJECT WORK (FIELD WORK)
Text Books
1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Text Book of Environmental Studies (Erach Bharucha) UGC, New Delhi
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
2. Principles of Environmental Science & R.Pannir Selvam SPGS, Chennai0600 088
Engineering
3. Encyclopaedia of Ecology, Environment Swaroop. R,Mishra, S.N. Mitlal, New Delhi
Jauri, V.P.
4. Environmental Concerns Saigo & Cunningham
5. Air Pollution by M. N. Rao
6. Environmental Studies: Kaur.H Pragati Prakashan, Meerut
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Test/ Assignment / Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
and Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - 2 2 - - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 - 3 - - 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 - 3 - - - 1 3 - - - 1 - - -
CO4 1 - 1 - - 1 3 - - - - - - -
Average 1.5 2.5 2 - - 1.75 2.3 - - - 1 - - -
1=weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPEG 1001 Basic Electrical Engineering L T P C
Version 3.0 2 0 0 2
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of fundamentals of electrical components
and Engineering Mathematics
Co-requisites Basic knowledge of Electro-Magnetics
Course Objectives
1) Study the fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering
2) Apply laws to solve the DC & AC Circuits and 3-Phase Circuit
3) Study the Constructional features, operation and characteristics of Electrical Machines
4) Study and develop the Industrial Electrical System.
b. COURSE OUTCOMES FOR ENGINEERING: At the end of this course student should
be able to :
CO1. Understand the fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering
CO2. Solve DC & AC Circuits and understand 3-Phase Circuit
CO3. Understand the Constructional features, operation and characteristics of Electrical
Machines
CO4. Understand the Industrial Electrical System.
Catalog Description
Electrical Engineering is an essential requirement part of human being and engineering. As a part
of engineering studies, students must learn the basics of Electrical Engineering. This course
describes about the various fundamental laws of Electrical Engineering, Various AC & DC
Circuits and solution of simple electrical circuits. The course also describes about the various
Electrical Machines their construction, Working principles, characteristics and applications.
The course also deals with Industrial Electrical System layouts, earthings, protections and safety
precautions associated with electrical engineering.
Course Content:
Unit I:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Resistance, inductance and capacitance, open circuit and short circuit , electrical power and
energy; Voltage and current sources, Kirchoff current and voltage laws, analysis of simple
circuits with DC excitation. Superposition, Thevenin and Maximum Power Transfer theorem
Unit II:
AC CIRCUITS: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and RMS values, phasor
representation. Elementary analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC,
RLC combinations. Real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor. Resonance.
Three-phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.
Unit III:
TRANSFORMERS:
Construction, Working Principle and Classification; Ideal and practical transformer, losses in
transformers & efficiency; Introduction to 3-phase transformer;
Unit-IV: ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Classification of motors (AC & DC), characteristics & applications of DC Motors;
Construction and working of Three Phase Induction motor, RMF, Torque-slip characteristics,
Introduction of starting and speed control of Electric dc motors;
Unit V
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB;
Types of Wires and Cables, Earthing; Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries.
Elementary calculations for energy consumption, and battery backup.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering by Ashfaq Hussain/V.K. Mehta
2. Basic Electrical Engineering, by J B Gupta S K Kataria and Sons.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering By Chakrabarti, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Basic Electrical Engineering By U.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi, Technical Publications Pune
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
3. A Text Book of Electrical Machines By Rajput, L P Publications
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Table: Correlation of POs v/s COs
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial
(High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO1
2
PS
O 1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO2 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 2 - - -
CO3 2 2 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 - -
CO4 - 3 - - - 1 1 - - 3 - - - -
Avg. 2.5 2.6
7
- 1 - 1 1 - 1 2.5 1.5 1 - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 1004 Engineering Graphics L T P C
Version 1.0 1 0 4 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course objectives:
1. Introduction to engineering design and its place in society.
2. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.
3. Exposure to engineering graphics standards.
4. Exposure to solid modelling.
5. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.
6. Exposure to creating working drawings.
7. Exposure to engineering communication.
Course outcomes:
CO1 Remember the conventions of engineering graphics such as types of lines,
dimensioning, method of projection etc.
CO2 Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of engineering graphics.
CO3 Apply knowledge of orthographic and isometric projections to solve problems related
to points, lines, planes and solids.
CO4 Analyze the basic Engineering drawings
Course description:
All phases of manufacturing or construction require the conversion of new ideas and
design concepts into the basic line language of graphics. Therefore, there are many areas (civil,
mechanical, electrical, architectural, and industrial) in which the skills of the CAD technicians
play major roles in the design and development of new products or construction. Students
prepare for actual work situations through practical training in a new state-of-the-art computer
designed CAD laboratory using engineering software.
Course content:
Traditional Engineering Graphics:
Engineering Graphics & Design Theory L:1 P:0 T:0 C:1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Principles of Engineering Graphics; Orthographic Projection; Descriptive Geometry;
Drawing Principles; Isometric Projection; Surface Development; Perspective; Reading a
Drawing; Sectional Views; Dimensioning & Tolerances; True Length, Angle; intersection,
Shortest Distance.
Computer Graphics:
Engineering Graphics Software; -Spatial Transformations; Orthographic Projections; Model
Viewing; Co-ordinate Systems; Multi-view Projection; Exploded Assembly; Model Viewing;
Animation; Spatial Manipulation; Surface Modelling; Solid Modelling; Introduction to Building
Information Modelling (BIM)
Module 1: Introduction to Engineering Drawing Principles of Engineering Graphics and their significance, usage of Drawing instruments,
lettering, Conic sections including the Rectangular Hyperbola (General method only); Cycloid,
Epicycloid, Hypocycloid and Involute; Scales – Plain, Diagonal and Vernier Scales;
Module 2: Orthographic Projections Principles of Orthographic Projections-Conventions - Projections of Points and lines inclined to
both planes; Projections of planes inclined Planes - Auxiliary Planes;
Module 3: Projections of Regular Solids those inclined to both the Planes- Auxiliary Views; Draw simple annotation, dimensioning, and
scale. Floor plans that include: windows, doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower,
etc.
Module 4: Sections and Sectional Views of Right Angular Solids Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary Views; Development of surfaces of Right
Regular Solids - Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and Cone; Draw the sectional orthographic views of
geometrical solids, objects from industry and dwellings (foundation to slab only)
Module 5: Isometric Projections covering, Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric Scale, Isometric Views, Conventions; Isometric
Views of lines, Planes, Simple and compound Solids; Conversion of Isometric Views to
Orthographic Views and Vice-versa, Conventions;
Module 6: Overview of Computer Graphics
Engineering Graphics & Design Lab L:0 P:4 T:0 C:2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
listing the computer technologies that impact on graphical communication, Demonstrating
knowledge of the theory of CAD software [such as: The Menu System, Toolbars (Standard,
Object Properties, Draw, Modify and Dimension), Drawing Area (Background, Crosshairs,
Coordinate System), Dialog boxes and windows, Shortcut menus (Button Bars), The Command
Line (where applicable), The Status Bar, Different methods of zoom as used in CAD, Select
and erase objects.; Isometric Views of lines, Planes, Simple and compound Solids];
Module 7: Customization & CAD Drawing consisting of set up of the drawing page and the printer, including scale settings, setting up of
units and drawing limits; ISO and ANSI standards for coordinate dimensioning and
tolerancing; Orthographic constraints, Snap to objects manually and automatically; Producing
drawings by using various coordinate input entry methods to draw straight lines, Applying
various ways of drawing circles;
Module 8: Annotations, layering & other functions applying dimensions to objects, applying annotations to drawings; Setting up and use of
Layers, layers to create drawings, Create, edit and use customized layers; Changing line
lengths through modifying existing lines (extend/lengthen); Printing documents to paper
using the print command; orthographic projection techniques; Drawing sectional views of
composite right regular geometric solids and project the true shape of the sectioned surface;
Drawing annotation, Computer-aided design (CAD) software modeling of parts and
assemblies. Parametric and non-parametric solid, surface, and wireframe models. Part editing and
two-dimensional documentation of models. Planar projection theory, including sketching of
perspective, isometric, Multiview, auxiliary, and section views. Spatial visualization exercises.
Dimensioning guidelines, tolerancing techniques; dimensioning and scale multi views of
dwelling;
Module 9: Demonstration of a simple team design project Geometry and topology of engineered components: creation of engineering models and their
presentation in standard 2D blueprint form and as 3D wire-frame and shaded solids; meshed
topologies for engineering analysis and tool-path generation for component manufacture;
geometric dimensioning and tolerancing; Use of solid-modeling software for creating
associative models at the component and assembly levels; floor plans that include: windows,
doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower, etc. Applying color coding according to
building drawing practice; Drawing sectional elevation showing foundation to ceiling;
Introduction to Building Information Modelling (BIM).
Suggested Text/Reference Books:
1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. & Ingle P.R., (2014), Engineering Drawing, Charotar
Publishing House
2. Shah, M.B. & Rana B.C. (2008), Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics,
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Pearson Education
3. Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M. (2012), Engineering Graphics, TMH Publication
4. Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah (2008), Text book on Engineering Drawing, Scitech
Publishers
(Corresponding set of) CAD Software Theory and User Manuals
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Objectives
1. To help the students familiar with the fundamental concepts of practical chemistry
2. To make the students able to prepare standard solutions and few commercial materials
3. To make the students able to determine the strength of the solutions using basic
instrumental and classical methods.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the kinetics of chemical reaction and the synthesis of polymeric material like
resins.
CO2: Analyze efficiency/quality of different fuels/water samples for commercial and domestic
application.
CO3. Apply different types of titrations for various quantitative analysis.
CO4. Apply simulation method for the volumetric analysis of various neutralization reactions.
Catalog Description
Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or
imagine. It is one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge,
refinery and industry. In this lab course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of
students about chemistry. Students will learn how to use the concepts correctly through
prescribed syllabus and will perform related experiments in the Chemistry lab. They will
be taught to find the more effective fuel using proximate analysis and sulfur present in
fuel through gravimetric analysis. fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality
of fuels in refineries will be discussed. Water chemistry will make the students
CHEM 1111 Chemistry Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites --
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
understand various parameters of water quality and the treatments to improve it. Kinetics
experiments help them to find order of reaction in lab. They learn to prepare polymers
also at lab scale. Lab activities include lab instructions, hands on experience, maintaining
lab record and viva-voce.
List of Experiments
1. To determine the strength of given solution of NaOH by titrating it against standard
oxalic acid solution using phenolphthalein.
2. To determine the percentage of moisture, volatile matter, ash content and fixed carbon in
a given coal sample by proximate analysis.
3. To estimate sulfur content in a given sulfate solution of sodium sulphate gravimetrically.
4. To determine the rate constant and order of the reaction of the hydrolysis of an ester
(ethyl acetate) at 250 C in the presence of 0.5N hydrochloric acid.
5. To determine the strength of given solution conductometrically.
6. To determine the strength of the given solution pH-metrically
7. To determine the total hardness of the given hard water sample by EDTA method
8. To determine the alkalinity of a given water sample.
9. To prepare Urea-Formaldehyde (UF) resin.
10. To determine the strength of a given solution of alkali by titrating it against various
standard acid solutions using suitable indicator using virtual lab.
Link : http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=2&brch=193&sim=352&cnt=4
Text Books / Reference Books
1. Practicals in Physical Chemistry: A Modern Approach by Sindhu, P.S., Publisher: Delhi
Macmillan India, ISBN: 1403929165
2. Theory and Practicals of Engineering Chemistry by Chawla, Shashi, Publisher: New
Delhi Dhanpat Rai & Co., ISBM: 9788177000405, 8177000403
3. Practical Physical Chemistry by B. Viswanathan, Publisher: Viva Books, ISBML
9788130920696
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Continuous Evaluation
Components Continuous evaluation
Weightage (%) 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 - 3 - - - - - - 1 - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 - 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - - -
Avera
ge
- 3 - - 1 - - - 1 - - - - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH1004 Engineering Graphics L T P C
Version 1.0 1 0 4 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives:
8. Introduction to engineering design and its place in society.
9. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.
10. Exposure to Engineering graphics standards.
11. Exposure to solid modelling.
12. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.
13. Exposure to creating working drawings.
14. Exposure to Engineering communication.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO1: Remember the conventions of engineering graphics such as types of lines, dimensioning,
method of projection etc.
CO2: Demonstrate understanding of fundamental concepts of engineering graphics.
CO3: Apply knowledge of orthographic and isometric projections to solve problems related to
points, lines, planes and solids.
CO4: Develop and model basic mechanical components.
Catalog Description:
All phases of manufacturing or construction require the conversion of new ideas and
design concepts into the basic line language of graphics. Therefore, there are many areas (civil,
mechanical, electrical, architectural, and industrial) in which the skills of the CAD technicians
play major roles in the design and development of new products or construction. Students
prepare for actual work situations through practical training in a new state-of-the-art computer
designed CAD laboratory using engineering software.
List of Exercises:
S.No. Exercise no. Content
1 Exercise-1 Introduction to CATIA and user interface
2 Exercise-2 Introduction to engineering Graphics, sheet layout and sketching.
3 Exercise-3 Drawing of Lines, Lettering.
4 Exercise-4 Dimensioning
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
5 Exercise-5
Projection of points situated in 1st, 2nd, 3rd
and 4th quadrant
6 Exercise-6
Projection of Line parallel to one or both the planes, line
perpendicular to one plane and parallel to other
7 Exercise-7 Line inclined to one of the planes
8 Exercise-8 Line inclined to both the planes
9 Exercise-9 Line inclined to both the planes
10 Exercise-10 Projection of planes parallel to one of the references
11 Exercise-11
Projections of planes inclined to one of the reference
plane and perpendicular to the other
12 Exercise-12
Projections of planes inclined to one of the reference
plane and perpendicular to the other
13 Exercise-13
Introduction and types of solid, Projections of solids, Projections
of solids in simple positions.
14 Exercise-14 Projections of solids Inclined to one plane.
15 Exercise-15 Projections of solids Inclined to one planes.
16 Exercise-16 Section of Prisms, Pyramids
17 Exercise-17 Section of Cylinder, Cones
18 Exercise-18 Introduction of isometric axes, lines and planes.
19 Exercise-19 Isometric drawing of different objects
20 Exercise-20 Isometric drawing of different objects
21 Exercise-21
Methods of development, Developments of
lateral surfaces
22 Exercise-22
Methods of development, Developments of
lateral surfaces
23 Exercise-23 Principle of perspective projections
24 Exercise-24 Principle of perspective projections
Text Books / Reference Books
1) Bhatt, N. D. “Engineering Drawing”, Charol Publication
2) Gill, P. S. “Engineering Drawing”, Kataria Publication
3) Dhawan, R. K. “Engineering Drawing”, S Chand
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Components IA Lab End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 35 35 30 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 1 -
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 1 -
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 -
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 2 - 1 1 -
Averag
e 3 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 2 - 1 1 -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPEG 1101 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Physics.
b. Basic Knowledge of Mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To understand the fundamentals of electrical circuits
2. To understand the principle of network theorems
3. To recognize various electrical equipment such as transformers, dc machines and ac
machines.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of AC
& DC circuits and Electrical machines
CO2. Compute the results of the experiments based on different fundamental theorems/laws.
CO3. Analyze and interpret the data obtained during experiments of Electrical circuits and
electrical machine fundamentals.
Catalog Description
This course aims to familiarize the students with basics of electrical components and the working
of various electrical equipment such as transformers, dc machines and ac machines. The lab
sessions are distributed for the entire semester in which the students perform various objectives
of the experiments. Students are evaluated continuously in all the lab session based on their
performance while doing the experiment. Additionally, students are encouraged to utilize the lab
tools to perform their choice of experimentation for better understanding.
List of Experiments
Experiment
Description Of Experiment
Experiment – 1 To study Resistor Color Code, measuring the values using multimeter and
ammeter voltmeter connection in simple electrical circuit.
Experiment – 2 To verify Thevenin’s Theorem on Network Theorem kit.
Experiment – 3 To verify Superposition Theorem on Network Theorem kit.
Experiment – 4 To verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem on Network Theorem kit.
Experiment – 5 Study the phenomenon of resonance in LCR series circuit.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Experiment – 6 Study the phenomenon of resonance in LCR parallel circuit.
Experiment-7 To perform load test and calculate efficiency of single phase transformer.
Experiment – 8 To study DC Machine working cut set model.
Experiment – 9 Speed control of DC Motor using armature and field control methods.
Experiment – 10 To study connection of MCB in electrical circuit and perform tripping action.
Text Books / Reference Books
Text Book
Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering by D. P. Kothari and I. J.
Nagrath
Reference Book
Basic Electrical Engineering by C. L. Wadhwa
Basic Electrical Engineering by Ashfaq Husain and Haroon Ashfaq
Modes of Evaluation: Continuous Evaluation
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
P
O
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO8 PO
9
PO
10
P
O
1
1
PO
12
PSO
1
PS
O2
CO1 1 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 - -
CO3 1 2 1 3 3 1 - 1 - 2 - 1
Avg. 1.3
3
1.3
3
1 1 1.3
3
0.3
3
- 0.33 - 1 - 0.3
3
- -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MATH 1027 Mathematics II L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics up to B.Tech. Semester I
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
5. To help the students master the techniques to solve ordinary differential equation.
6. To help the students understand the basic theory of function of a complex variable.
7. To make the students apply the theory of contour integration using residue calculus.
8. To enable the students solve specific classes of partial differential equations.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the students will be able to
CO5. Apply techniques to solve linear ordinary differential equations.
CO6. Explain the concept of analyticity and integration of a complex function.
CO7. Find the series representation of a complex function and to evaluate special integrals
using calculus of residues.
CO8. Solve homogeneous partial differential equations with constant coefficients and its
applications in one-dimensional heat and wave equations.
Catalog Description
This course covers the ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations and complex
analysis. In differential equations student equips with the fundamental tools to solve ordinary
differential equations, glimpse of nonlinear ordinary differential equations of special forms and
partial differential equations. Lagrange’s method ensures the solution of first order nonlinear
partial differential equations and separation of variables method useful to solve the one
dimensional wave and heat equations. In addition, this course introduces the calculus of complex
functions of a complex variable. It turns out that complex differentiability is a very strong
condition and differentiable functions behave very well. Integration is along paths in the complex
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
plane. The central result of this spectacularly beautiful part of mathematics is Cauchy's Theorem
guaranteeing that certain integrals along closed paths are zero. This striking result leads to useful
techniques for evaluating real integrals based on the 'calculus of residues'.
Course Content
Unit I: Ordinary Differential Equations 9 lecture hours
Exact differential equation and equations reducible to exact, Linear Differential Equations with
Constant Coefficients, Cauchy-Euler Differential Equations, Solution of Second Order
Differential Equations (when a part of complementary function is known, by reduction to
Normal Form, by changing the Independent Variable and by Variation of Parameters).
Unit II: Complex Variables-I 9 lecture hours
Functions of a complex variable, Notion of limit, continuity and differentiability, Analytic
function, Necessary & sufficient conditions for analyticity (Cauchy-Riemann equations),
Harmonic function, harmonic conjugate and orthogonal families, construction of an analytic
function, Milne Thomson method, Line integral and independence of path, Cauchy’s theorem,
Cauchy-Goursat theorem for simply and multiply connected domain, Cauchy’s integral formula
and its applications.
Unit III: Complex Variables-II 9 lecture hours
Power series, Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, Zeros and singularities of a function, residues,
Cauchy Residue Theorem, Evaluation of definite integral
2
0
(cos ,sin )F d
, Evaluation of
improper integrals ( )
( )
p xdx
q x
and ( )
( )
iaxp xdx
q xe
; evaluation of( )
( )
p xdx
q x
and ( )
( )
iaxp xdx
q xe
with poles on real axis (semicircular contour), Conformal mapping, Linear mapping, inversion,
Bilinear transformation.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit IV: Partial Differential Equations 9 lecture hours
Formation of partial differential equation (PDE) and classification of PDEs, Lagrange’s Method,
Solution of homogeneous linear PDE with constant coefficients, method of separation of
variables, solution of one dimensional heat and wave equation.
Text Books
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications,
ISBN: 9788184873221.
2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications, ISBN:
9780470458365.
3. M. D. Raisinghania, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, S. Chand Publications.
ISBN: 9789385676161.
4. M. D. Raisinghania, Advanced Differential Equations, S. Chand Publications.
ISBN: 9788121908931
Reference Books
1. D. G. Zill, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and Bartlett Learning, ISBN:
9789384323271.
2. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, Wiley Publications. ISBN: 9788126515370
3. D. G. Zill and P. D. Shanahan, A first course in Complex Analysis with Applications, Jones
&
Bartlett Learning, ISBN: 9789380108193.\
4. I. N. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
PSO
3
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
Avera
ge 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -
-
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PHYS- 1020 Physics-I L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th Level Physics
Co-requisites 12th Level Mathematics
Course Objectives
1. Explore Fiber optics and Lasers’ fundamentals and their applications to modern
communication systems.
2. Comprehend the effect of electric and magnetic field in materials and apply Maxwell’s
equations to understand EM wave propagation
3. Familiarize with the basics of solar photovoltaics and their applications in solar
industries.
4. Construct a quantum mechanical model to explain the behavior of a system at the
microscopic level.
5. Understand the fundamentals of crystal structure and X-rays diffraction.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Learn the principles of physical optics, lasers and fiber optics and their applications in
various devices
CO2. Comprehend the properties of dielectric and magnetic materials under the influence of
electric and magnetic fields.
CO3. Employ photovoltaics fundamentals in understanding the functioning of various devices
used in electronics and solar photovoltaics industries.
CO4. Understand the behavior of microscopic objects using fundamentals of Quantum
Mechanics.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO5. Explore different types of crystals structures and use X-ray diffraction technique to
understand their details.
Catalog Description
Almost all disciplines of engineering and technology have origins in the basic principles
of Physics. In this course, we will systematically build the foundation of the students by
teaching them introductory quantum mechanics, solid-state physics, electromagnetics,
and optics. These topics will help the students in understanding their respective
engineering content better. The theoretical development of wave mechanics, its
limitations and contributions in revolutionizing the modern world will be covered in the
first unit. In the second unit, the focus will be on different types of crystal structures and
how X-ray diffraction may be utilized in understanding various attributes of a crystal
structure. The third unit deals with very important class of engineering materials namely
di-electric and magnetic materials along with their wide range of applications;
understanding EM waves propagation with the help of Maxwell’s equations will also be
covered in this unit. In the remaining units, the students will be apprised of physical
optics and its applications in various optical devices and measurements; lasers and optical
fibres will be introduced thereafter with an objective to teach sufficient details to the
students so that they should be able to understand modern day communications systems.
A short unit on solar photovoltaics at the end has been provided to provide enough details
so that the students could make themselves familiar with the PV technology applied
nowadays for clean energy generation.
Course Content
Unit I: 9 lecture hours
Introduction to interference and examples; concept of diffraction, Fraunhoffer and Fresnel
diffraction, diffraction grating and its characteristics.
Polarization: Introduction, polarization by reflection, polarization by double refraction, circular
and elliptical polarization, optical activity.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Fibre Optics: Introduction, total internal reflection, numerical aperture and various optical fibre
parameters, step and graded index fibres, applications of optical fibres.
Lasers: Introduction to interaction of radiation with matter, principles and working of laser:
population inversion, pumping; types and applications of lasers, He-Ne laser.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
Overview of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics, electric current and the continuity equation, laws
of magnetism. Ampere’s & Faraday’s laws. Maxwell’s equations, Electromagnetic waves and
Poynting Vector in free space.
Electric Polarization, permeability and dielectric constant, internal fields, Clausius-Mossotti
equation, applications of dielectrics.
Magnetization, permeability and susceptibility, classification of magnetic materials,
ferromagnetism, magnetic domains and hysteresis, applications.
Unit III: 3 lecture hours
Photovoltaic effect, irradiance, solar radiation and spectrum of sun, solar cells, basic structure
and characteristics, solar cell arrays, PV modules.
Unit IV: 9 lecture hours
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, photoelectric effect, Compton Effect, Pair production &
Annihilation, De-Broglie waves, Waves of probability, phase and group velocities, Uncertainty
principle and its applications, Wave function and its interpretation, Normalization, Schrodinger
time independent & dependent wave equations, Linearity and superposition, expectation values,
operators, Eigen values & Eigen functions, Particle in a 1-D box
Unit V: 7 lecture hours
Introduction to Solid State Physics, single crystals and polycrystalline forms, Lattice, Basis and
crystal structure, Translational symmetry and basis Vectors, Unit Cell (primitive and non-
primitive), Bravais lattices, Miller indices, sc, bcc, and sodium chloride structures, closed packed
structures(fcc and hcp), Reciprocal lattice, X-ray diffraction, Bragg's law.
Text Books
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Malik H.K, Singh A.K. (2011) Engineering Physics, TMH, New Delhi. ISBN:
9780070671539
2. Beiser A. (2002) Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN:
9780070495531
3. Sadiku M.N.O. (2007) Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press. ISBN:
0195300483
4. Pillai S.O. (2015) Solid State Physics, New Age International Pvt Ltd. ISBN: 978-
8122436976
Reference Books
1. Griffith D.J. (2012) Introduction to Electromagnetics, PHI Learning, 4th edition, ISBN:
9780138053260.
2. Kittel C. (2012) Introduction to Solid State Physics, Willey. ISBN: 978-8126535187.
Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO P
O1
P
O2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5 PO6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PSO
3
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO4 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO5 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
HUMN1006 English L T P C
Version 1.0 2 0 0 2
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English Language
Co-requisites Knowledge of Word processing using MS Word, basic IT
skills
Course Objectives
The Objectives of this course are:
1. To develop a holistic view of communicating in English Language both written and verbal.
2. To help the second language learners develop the ability to analyse & apply nuances of
reading and written language through online activities.
3. To enable students to communicate with clarity and precision through proper understanding
of academic writing techniques.
4. To study and understand applicative grammar and its various structures for correct usage of
English Language.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Identify the process, principles, barriers and types of Communication.
CO2: Analyze and develop grammatically correct and situationally appropriate language for
communicating effectively.
CO3: Classify and apply the principles/techniques of mind mapping, precis writing and
paragraph development.
CO4: Apply formal writing techniques to draft letters and emails for various organizational
situations.
CO5: Professionally organize the content & deliver the presentation.
Catalog Description
The blended course on English focuses on the development of students’ language &
communication skills. The course will make the students appreciate, learn and apply the nuances
of Communication skills & the concepts. This course will also focus on the use of Applicative
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
English Grammar for improved Writing Skills with precision and clarity and shall also help the
students learn to design & deliver presentations.
Course Content
Unit 1: Introduction to Communication 3(F2f) + 2(Online)
Definition, Process, Principles and Model , Barriers, Noise, Types and Forms, Grapevine
Unit 2: Identifying common errors 2(F2f) + 2(Online)
Common errors, learning through examples, Identifying common errors, Contemporary usage.
Unit 3: Nature & Style of Sensible Writing 3(F2f) + 2(Online)
Mind Map, Paragraph writing, (Principles, Methods of paragraph development,
Precise Writing
Unit 4: Letter Writing 4(F2f) + 2(Online)
Letter writing (Format and content of complaint, request, application),Email (good news, bad
news, netiquettes)
Unit 5: Formal Presentations 3(F2f) + 1(Online)
Nuances of Delivery, Group Presentations
Text Books
5. Mishra. B, Sharma. S (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists. PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 8120337190.
6. Flatley, M.E. (2004). Basic Business Communication, Skills for empowering the Internet
Generation.Tata McGraw Hills: New Delhi. ISBN: 9780070486942.
7. Wren & Martin, M.E. (2006). High School English Grammar & Composition. Tata S. Chand
& Company LTD: New Delhi. ISBN: 9788121924894.
Reference Books
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Pal, Rajendra and Korlahalli, J.S. (2011) Essentials of Business Communication. Sultan
Chand & Sons. ISBN: 9788180547294.
2. Kaul, Asha. (2014) Effective Business Communication.PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN:
9788120338487.
3. Murphy, R. (2007) Essential English Grammar, CUP. ISBN: 8175960299.
4. C. Muralikrishna and S. Mishra (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers, Pearson
education. ISBN: 9788131733844.
5. Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011
6. Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011
7. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, OUP, 2013
8. Jones, D. (1909) “The Dictionary of English Phonetics” Cambridge: CUP (2002).
9. Taylor, Ken, Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills. Orient Black Swan, 2008.
10. Dignen, Bob. Presentation Skills in English. Orient Black Swan, 2007.
Modes of Evaluation: Online Discussion/Quiz/Assignment/Listening, Speaking, Reading,
Writing examination.
Examination Scheme:
Components Mid-term
Unit 1 & 2
IA
Unit 5
End-Term
Unit 3 & 4
Weightage (%) 20 30 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Aver
age 2
3 2 -
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices L T P C
Version 1.0 1 0 4 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course objectives:
1. To impart knowledge and skill components in the field of basic workshop practices.
2. To deal with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing simple
components.
3. To impart the knowledge regarding the various basic manufacturing processes required in
day to day life.
4. To familiarize the students with the properties and selection of different engineering
material.
Course outcomes:
CO1 Remember and identify basic tools and equipment used in engineering workshop.
CO2 Understand the basic concepts of various manufacturing processes
CO3 Apply and relate the knowledge of manufacturing processes in fabrication of
Engineering
products.
Laboratory Outcomes:
CO1 Upon completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to fabricate
components with their own hands.
CO2 They will also get practical knowledge of the dimensional accuracies and dimensional
tolerances possible with different manufacturing processes.
CO3 By assembling different components, they will be able to produce small devices of
their interest.
Course description:
Workshop technology is the backbone of the real industrial environment which helps to develop
and enhance relevant technical hand skills required by the engineers working in the various
engineering industries and workshops. This course intends to impart basic know-how many of
various hand tools and their use in different sections of manufacturing. Irrespective of branch,
the use of workshop practices in day to day industrial as well domestic life helps to solve the
problems. The workshop experiences would help to build the understanding of the complexity of
the industrial job, along with time and skills requirements of the job. The students are advised to
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
undergo each skill experience with remembrance, understanding and application with special
emphasis on attitude of enquiry to know why and how for the various instructions and practices
imparted to them in each shop.
Course content:
1. Manufacturing Methods- casting, forming, machining, joining, advanced manufacturing
methods (3 lectures)
2. CNC machining, Additive manufacturing (1 lecture)
3. Fitting operations & power tools (1 lecture)
4. Electrical &Electronics (1 lecture)
5. Carpentry (1 lecture)
6. Plastic Molding, glass cutting (1 lecture)
7. Metal casting (1 lecture)
8. Welding (arc welding & gas welding), brazing (1 lecture)
1. Machine shop (10 hours)
2. Fitting shop (8 hours)
3. Carpentry (6 hours)
4. Electrical & Electronics (8 hours)
5. Welding shop (8 hours (Arc welding 4 hrs + gas welding 4 hrs)
6. Casting (8 hours)
7. Smithy (6 hours)
8. Plastic Molding & Glass Cutting (6 hours)
Examinations could involve the actual fabrication of simple components, utilizing one or
more of the techniques covered above.
Suggested Text/Reference Books:
1. Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K, “Elements of
Workshop Technology”, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and
publishers private limited, Mumbai.
2. Kalpakjian S. And Steven S. Schmid, “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”,
4th edition, Pearson Education India Edition, 2002.
3. Gowri P. Hariharan and A. Suresh Babu,” Manufacturing Technology – I” Pearson
Education, 2008.
4. Roy A. Lindberg, “Processes and Materials of Manufacture”, 4 th edition, Prentice Hall
Workshop/Manufacturing Practices Theory L:1 P:0 T:0 C:1
Workshop Practices Lab L:0 P:4 T:0 C:2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
India, 1998.
5. Rao P.N., “Manufacturing Technology”, Vol. I and Vol. II, Tata McGraw-Hill House,
2017.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 1002 Basic Electronics Engineering L T P C
Version 1.0 2 0 0 2
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
9. Visualize the V-I characteristics of the basic electronic components like diode and transistor
10. Develop the application based circuits like switch, Rectifier by using Diode and transistor
and also by logic gates.
11. Design DC-Power supply by using Rectifiers and Adders& Subtractors by using Logic
Gates.
Course Outcomes
CO9. Employ electronic components and devices to solve the Engineering problems.
CO10. Analyse and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering,
Interpret the logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems.
CO11. Design the electronics system with discrete component, and understand the
specifications of industrial equipment.
Catalog Description
Electronics is the integral part of life. The basic circuits used in day to day life are studied in this
course. In this course, the main focus will be on the designing of basic electronics circuits like
AC to DC converter by using diode, half adder, full adder etc. Students will learn how to use
diode, transistor, Integrated circuit, in real time and develop circuits by using them.
Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the
construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will
combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as practical sessions,
group discussions, and cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental
aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all practical sessions to
apply the devices and design the basic circuits.
Course Content
Unit I: 8 lecture hours
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors; Formation and Fundamental Characteristics of diode:
Formation of P-N junction, I-V characteristics, Zener and Avalanche breakdown, half-wave and
full-wave rectifier circuits; dc-power supply design and diode applications.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
Transistor construction and operation, Common-Base (CB) configuration, Transistor amplifying
action, Common Emitter (CE) configuration, Amplification factors for CB and CE
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
configurations, Common Collector configuration, Limits of operation, DC-Biasing: Fixed bias,
Emitter bias, Voltage divider bias, Applications:
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
Number system and codes, Boolean algebra and minimization techniques: Boolean logic
operations, Basic laws of Boolean algebra, De Morgan’s Theorems; Logic gates: AND, OR,
NAND, NOR. Adder and subtractor. K map.
Text Books
1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, by J B Gupta S K Kataria and Sons.3rd Ed.
2. Electronics Devices and Circuits By Boylestad & Nashelsky 10th ED : PEARSON: ISBN
978-8131727003
Reference Books
1. Basic Electronics By Santiram Kal,( 2013): PHI
2. Digital Circuits & Logic Design By Salivahanan: Vikas Publishing House. ISBN 978-
9325960411
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3
Averag
e 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3
Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CSEG 1003 Programming for problem solving L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Computer
Co-requisites Mathematics
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To help the students to understand and identify the functional units of a Computer
System.
2. To enable students to understand the concepts of procedure oriented programming
using C Language.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation using C programming
skills.
4. To expose students with the ability to design programs involving decision structure,
loops and functions.
5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering
problems through implementing concepts of arrays, pointers, structures and union in
C programming language.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Comprehend the fundamentals of Computers with concepts of algorithm, flowcharts
and develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem.
CO2: Interpret the Control of flow statements and decision constructs with C
programming techniques.
CO3: Identify the various concepts of Programming like Arrays, Structures and Unions
and Strings.
CO4: Apply concepts of functions and pointers to resolve mathematical problems.
CO5: Analyze the real life problem and write a program in ‘C’ language to solve the
problem.
CATALOG DESCRIPTION
Computer Programming is rapidly gaining the importance in the field of education and
engineering. The course will introduce to the students about computer programming
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
language and the fundamentals of computer programming. This subject is designed
specifically for students with no prior programming experience and taking this course does
not require a background in CS. This course will touch upon a variety of fundamental topics
within the field of Computer Science and will use ‘C’ programming language to demonstrate
varied principles. We will begin with an overview of the course topics as well as brief history
of computers. We will cover basic programming terminology and concepts related to C
language. By the end of the course, students should have a strong understanding of the
fundamentals of C programming language. This course will help the students to build up a
strong background in programming skills and a successful career devoted to implementing
the principles they will learn. Students will learn effectively through prescribed syllabus as
well as through blackboard and discussions. Classroom activities designed to encourage
students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge. The students will
be able to design their own learning strategies through online learning management system –
Blackboard. We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies,
such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems, etc. Class participation is a
fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to take part in all group
activities to meet the course outcome. Students are expected to interact with media resources,
such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers, etc.
Course Content
UNIT I: 7 LECTURE HOURS
Introduction – Generation and classification of computers, Basic computer organization,
Number system (Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal conversion problems), Need for
logical analysis and thinking, Algorithm, pseudocode, flowchart.
UNIT II: 8 LECTURE HOURS
C Programming Basics – Problem formulation, Problem Solving, Introduction to C
Programming fundamentals, Structure of a C Program, Compilation and Linking processes,
Constants, Variables, Data types – Expressions using operators in ‘C’, Managing input and
output operations, Decision making and branching, Looping statements, solving simple
scientific and statistical problems.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIT III: 7 LECTURE HOURS
Arrays and Strings: Arrays – initialization, Declaration one dimension and two dimensional
arrays. String and string operations, string arrays, simple programs – sorting, searching,
matrix operations.
UNIT IV: 6 LECTURE HOURS
Functions and Pointers – Functions – definition of function, Declaration of function, Pass by
value, Pass by reference, Recursion. Pointers – Definition, Initialization, Pointers arithmetic,
Pointers and arrays.
UNIT V: 8 LECTURE HOURS
Structure and Union – Introduction - need for structure data type, Structure definition,
Structure declaration, Structure within a structure, Array of Structures, Self-referential
structure, notion of Linked List. Union, Storage class Specifiers, Preprocessor Directives,
File Handling.
Text Books
1. Thareja Reema, “Computer Fundamentals & Programming in C”, Oxford Press.
2. Kanetkar Yashwant, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications.
References
1. Schildt Herbert, “The Complete reference C”.
2. Gottfried Byron, “Programming with C”, Schaum’s Series.
3. Venugopal K.R. and Prasad S. R., “Mastering ‘C’”
4. http://learn.upes.ac.in Blackboard – LMS
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/Discussion/ Online Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components MSE Quiz/Assignment/Discussion ESE
Weightage (%) 20 30 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 3 2 2 1 1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
CO2 3 2 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 2 1 1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PHYS-1120 PHYSICS LAB I L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge on practical Physics (12th level) for
understanding and performing experiments.
Co-requisites Data interpretation and basic knowledge on graphical
analysis.
Course Objectives
1. To impart hand-on skills in performing experiments, data acquisition and interpretation of the
data.
2. To design the circuits and study about various experimental procedures involved.
3. Significance of the experimental results to understand and verify theoretical formulation and
prediction.
4. To develop curiosity and creative ability through experimentation and investigation based on
the virtual experiments.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the dual nature of light by verifying the various phenomena associated with
it
CO2: Apply the concepts of electromagnetics to study the various electrical and magnetic
properties of Materials.
CO3: Evaluate and compare the universal constants by using the principle of modern physics.
CO4: Design virtual Physics based experiments to illustrate the Photoelectric Effect.
CO5: The students will be able to develop good presentation skills.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Catalog Description
The laboratory practice has been an important part of professional and engineering
undergraduate education, an ideal platform for active learning. The purpose of the Physics
practical sessions are to give students hands-on experience with the experimental basis of
engineering physics and, in the process, to deepen their understanding of the relations between
experiment and theory. The focus of this course is to improve the skills of the students in
collecting, analyzing, interpreting and presenting findings and data.
Sonometer is a useful apparatus for investigating the vibration of a string or wire under tension.
The student will able to measure the AC mains frequency using sonometer and electromagnet in
the lab. The experiment allows the change in length of the string in accordance with the
variation in the tension. The student will demonstrate the Hall’s effect in the laboratory, finds
Hall’s coefficient and apply this to calculate carrier density in the given semiconductor material.
Hall Effect experiment is extremely useful in determining the carrier density, mobility of
carriers in the semiconductor, which is a precursor of semiconductor electronic devices. There
are numerous industrial applications of Hall’s effect in IC switches, ignition sensors, automotive
industry for level/tilt measurement sensor, aerospace industry in temperature and pressure
sensor, magnetic card reader, and semiconductor industry so on. Experiments based on
electromagnetic theory focusses on the applications of the well-defined laws e.g. Faraday’s Law,
in studying the induced emf produced due to change in the velocity of the magnet. In Stewart-
Gee coil experiment, the variation of magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil is
demonstrated. The virtual labs develop a curiosity and creative ability through experimentation
and investigation on the photoelectric effect experiment. Additionally, the virtual lab experiment
provides an insight to use the simulator to understand the photoelectric effect. The virtual
experiment on photoelectric effect explains the basic interaction of light and matter. The
Newton’s Rings experiment determines the wavelength of the given light source by utilizing the
phenomenon of interference. The diffraction grating experiment composed of a spectrometer,
diffraction grating and mercury vapor lamp explores the wavelengths of spectra lines of
different orders by arranging the spectrometer in the normal incidence position. The solar cell
trainer is a typical setup, which converts light energy to electrical power. A solar cell or
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
photovoltaic cell is used to converts light energy into electrical energy, basing on the principle
of the photovoltaic effect. The student will analyze the characteristics of solar cell and its
efficiency in the laboratory. The device has wide application in sensor applications. Solar cells
diverged from the silicon technology is used for terrestrial panels, the spacecraft application and
a power source. The experiment on Planck’s constant using LEDs determines the Planck’s
constant, which is very useful in explaining about the radiation and correlates the photon energy
with wavelength. The particle nature of light will be demonstrated using light emitting diodes
(LEDs) by observing the reverse photoelectric effect and find the value of Planck’s constant.
Course Content
Experiment No: 01 Sonometer
Aim: To determine the frequency of AC mains by using a sonometer.
Experiment No: 02 Hall Effect
Aim: To study the Hall effect and hence determine the Hall coefficient (Rh) and carrier density
(n) of a given semiconductor material.
Experiment No: 03 Faraday’s Laws
Aim: (a) To study the induced emf as a function of velocity of the magnet passing through the
coil (Faraday’s Law).
(b) To study the charge delivered due to electromagnetic induction.
Experiment No: 04 Circular Coil
Aim: To study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current carrying
circular coil and hence estimate the radius of the coil.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Experiment No: 05 Photoelectric Effect (Virtual lab)
Aim: To study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current carrying
circular coil and hence estimate the radius of the coil.
Experiment No: 06 Newton’s Rings
Aim: To determine the wavelength of a given light by forming Newton’s Rings.
Experiment No: 07 Diffraction Grating
Aim: To determine the wavelength of a given light by using a Diffraction grating in its normal
incidence position.
Experiment No: 08 Solar Cell
Aim: Study of both the current - voltage characteristic and the power curve to find the maximum
power point (MPP) and efficiency of a solar cell.
Experiment No: 09 Planck’s Constant
Aim: To find the Planck’s constant by using LEDs.
Experiment No: 10 Presentation
Aim: Presentation related to any science concept.
Text Books
1. H. Singh, Practical Physics, S. Chand & Company LTD., ISBN: 8121904692.
2. S. L. Kakani, S. Kakani, Applied Physics-Theory & Practicals, Viva Books, ISBN:
9788130924892.
3. C. L. Arora, Practical Physics, S. Chand & Company LTD., ISBN: 9788121909099,
8121909090.
Reference Books
1. Gupta, Kumar, Practical Physics, Pragati Prakashan, ISBN: 9789386633569.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
2. I. Prakash, R. Krishna, A. K. Jha, Practical Physics, Kitab Mahal, ISBN: 8122504167,
9788122504163
3. P. R. Sasi Kumar, Practical Physics, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, ISBN: 9788920344341
Modes of Evaluation: File /Viva-voce/ presentation/ Comprehensive viva-voce
Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation
Components Continuous Evaluation
Weightage (%) 100
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 - - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
Aver
age
-
3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 0
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code: HUMN 1106 English Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English Language
Co-requisites Knowledge of Word processing using MS Word
Basic I.T Skills
Course Objectives:
The Objectives of this course are:
1. To help second language learners develop the ability to understand spoken language through
computer aided Language learning.
2. To enable students to communicate with clarity and precision in diverse communication
scenarios.
3. To help students in sifting through a variety of texts to filter and synthesize important
information.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Recognize & demonstrate the articulatory skills needed to participate in an oral
presentation.
CO2: Interpret & apply phonemic transcriptions based on the International Phonetic Alphabet
(IPA) for accurate pronunciation.
CO3: Analyze & apply the skills & approaches of a successful listener by taking notes for
comprehension and filtering important information to make inferences and predictions.
CO4: Design & exhibit technical poster.
Catalog Description
This course focuses on the development of students’ language & articulatory skills, critical
thinking, and problem solving skills through the understanding of four pillars of English
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Language viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. Students will also be assessed on their
presentation skills, using various technological tools, ability to work in a team and present their
work with conviction.
Course Content:
This focusses on the four pillars of English Language viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and
Writing.
Unit 1: Intro - Lab & Seating Plan/Ice-breaking 1L (f2f)
Course plan is discussed with the students, along with seat allotment in the respective Labs.
Unit 2: Self-introduction 1L (f2f)
Oral Presentation; Graded exercise
Unit 3: International Phonetic Alphabet- 1 1L (f2f)
Introduction to Phonetics: Sounds in English; IPA Transcription
Unit 4: International Phonetic Alphabet - 2 1L (f2f)
Phonemes, Allophones, Mispronounced words quiz; Graded exercise
Unit 5: International Phonetic Alphabet – 3 1L (f2f)
Stress and Intonation
Unit 6: Basic Ear training 1L (f2f)
Briefing on Listening Skills, Types of Listening and types of Listeners – Sample Listening
exercise based on Announcements (Railway, Airport, Telephonic Conversations, Meetings)
Unit 7: Note-taking/making based on Audio visuals 1L (f2f)
Graded Exercise- Note taking and comprehension based on Audio Visual Clips.
Unit 8: Group discussion 1L (f2f)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Briefing on the nuances of Group Discussion; Practice Exercise
Unit 9: Extempore 1L (f2f)
Graded Exercise; Impromptu speaking based on a given topic or theme.
Unit 10: Ideation/Infographic & Posters 1L (f2f)
Process of expanding on a theme or a topic both creatively; infer from an infographic and make
predictions.
Unit 11: Reflections 1L (f2f)
Speak & Record; Graded Activity
Unit 12: Technical Poster 1L (f2f)
Presentation of Technical Poster; Graded Activity
Text Books
1. Jones, D. (1909), "The Pronunciation of English", Cambridge: CUP; rpt in facsimile in Jones
(2002). ISBN 9781298512949
2. Jones, D.(1918), "An Outline of English Phonetics", Leipzig: Teubner; rpt in Jones (2002).
ISBN:978-0521290414
3. Jones, D. (1909) “The Dictionary of English Phonetics” Cambridge: CUP (2002).
4. Bansal, R.K. The Intelligibility of Indian English, Monograph, 4 CIEFL, Hyderabad, Second
abridged edition, 1976.
Reference Books
1. Jones, Daniel, English Pronouncing Dictionary, revised by A.C. Gimson, 14th Edition, The
English Language Book Society and JM Dent Sons Ltd. London 1977.
2. Senthi. J and P.V. Dhamija, A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English Prentice hall of India
Private. 5 Ltd. New Delhi, 1989. ISBN: 978-81-203-1495
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
3. Taylor, Ken, Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills. Orient Black Swan, 2008. ISBN:
9781905992065, 9781905992065
4. Dignen, Bob. Presentation Skills in English. Orient Black Swan, 2007.
ISBN 10: 8125041621 ISBN 13: 9788125041627.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation
Components Oral Presentation Content Creation
Weightage (%) 50
(3 Speaking activities)
50
(1 Quiz, 1 Poster making)
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 - - - - - - - - 1 3 - 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 - - -
CO3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3 - - -
Aver
age
- - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2.5 - - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code: MEPD 1002 Workshop Practices
L T P C
Version 1.0 2 0 1 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Workshop practice theory course
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge and skill of components in the field of basic workshop practices.
2. To deal with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing simple
components.
3. To impart the knowledge regarding the various basic manufacturing processes required in
day-to-day life.
4. To familiarize the students with the properties and selection of different engineering
material.
5. To impart knowledge of dimensional tolerances with different manufacturing processes.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Remember and identify basic tools and equipment used in engineering workshop.
CO2 Understand the basic principles of various manufacturing processes
CO3 Apply and relate the knowledge of manufacturing processes in fabrication of
Engineering products
Catalog Description
Workshop technology is the backbone of the real industrial environment that helps to develop
and enhance relevant technical hand skills required by the engineers working in the various
engineering industries and workshops. This course intends to impart basic knowledge of various
hand tools and their use in different sections of manufacturing. Irrespective of branch, the use of
workshop practices in day-to-day industrial as well domestic life helps to solve the problems.
The workshop experiences would help to build the understanding of the complexity of the
industrial job, along with time and skills requirements of the job. The students are advised to
undergo each skill experience with remembrance, understanding and application with special
emphasis on attitude of enquiry to know why and how for the various instructions and practices
imparted to them in each shop.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
List of Experiments
Sl No Name of the Experiment No of
sessions
CO addressed Viva
1 To fabricate a T-lap joint of given dimensions
using common carpentry tools.
1
CO1,CO2,CO3
3 vivas
to be
taken
2 To fabricate a cross lap joint of given dimensions
using common carpentry tools.
1
CO1,CO2,CO3
3 To fabricate a dove tail joint of given dimensions
using common carpentry tools.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
4 To develop a fitting model of given dimensions
using common fitting tools. ( demonstration of
hacksaw cutting, filing , drilling, tools and
machines)
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
5 To develop a square filing model of dimensions
by using fitting tools.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
6 To develop a stepped turning model of given
dimensions by using lathe machine.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
7 To develop a model of given dimension by using
drilling, boring, threading, etc. process in lathe
machine.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
8 To develop a T- joint and Lap joint of given
dimensions by using arc welding process.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
9 To develop a butt joint of given dimensions by
using arc welding process.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
10 To develop various sheet metal models like
funnel, tray, box, etc. using common sheet metal
hand tools
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
11
To develop chisel using common smithy hand
tools.
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
12 To preparation of sand mold using single piece
pattern
1 CO1,CO2,CO3
Text Books / Reference Books
1. Work shop Manual / P.Kannaiah/ K.L.Narayana/ SciTech Publishers.
2. Engineering Practices Lab Manual, Jeyapoovan, SaravanaPandian, Vikas publishers
3. Dictionary of Mechanical Engineering, GHF Nayler, Jaico Publishing House.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme: Continuous evaluation mode
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
CSEG 1103 Programming for Problem Solving Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 4 2
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Computer Science such as
fundamentals & logic for solving programs
Co-requisites Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is: The overall objective of the modules is that the student should be
able to understand basic computer fundamentals and functional units of computers with basic
skills development in C Programming.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Identify the functional units of computer system.
CO2. Understand the concepts of procedure oriented programming using C.
CO3. Implement the basic concepts of C programming language.
CO4. Design programs involving decision structures, loops and functions.
CO5. Implement the concepts of arrays, pointers, structures in C programming language.
Catalog Description
Knowledge about the C programming knowledge is the building block of the students to build
their programming skills. And enable the students to enhance the programming skills of the
students and make them comfortable to adopt the new language for programming in future.
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO2 PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO
1
2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1
CO
2
2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1
CO
3
2 1 1 1 1 - - 2 2 1 1 - 1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
List of Experiments
Sl. No. Experiment Contents
1. Experiment-1 and 2 Basic understanding of Linux/Unix commands
2. Experiment-3 and 4 Basics of flow charts, Algorithms
3. Experiment -5 and 6 Understanding introduction to C programming
4. Experiment- 7 and 8 Control Statements using if.. if.. else, switch…
case
5. Experiment- 9 and 10 Looping using while,do..while and for
6. Experiment- 11 and 12 Array
7. Experiment- 13 and 14 Strings
8. Experiment- 15 and 16 Functions
9. Experiment- 17 and 18 Pointers
10. Experiment- 19 and 20 Structure and union
11. Experiment- 21 and 22 File handling
Text Books / Reference Books
Ref. 1. Balagurusamy, E (2007), ANSI C, New Delhi: TMH
Ref. 1. Introduction to Computers, Peter Norton, TMH, fifth Ed.
Ref. 2. Programming in ANSI C, E Balaguruswamy, TMH
Ref. 3. Let us C Yashavant Kanetkar, Ninth Ed. BPB
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Sl. No. Description % of Weightage out of 50%
1 Lab record & Continuous
Assessment
40
2 Viva-Voce/Quiz 50
3 General Discipline 10
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 1 - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - - - - - -
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO3 1 1 - - - - - -
CO4 1 1 - - - - - -
CO5 2 1 - - - - -
Average 1.5 1 1.5 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 1102 Basic Electronics Engineering Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics and Physics
Co-requisites -----
Course Objectives
1. Visualize the V-I characteristics of the basic electronic components like diode and
transistor.
2. Develop the application-based circuits like switch, rectifier by using diode and transistor.
3. Design DC-Power supply by using rectifiers and discrete electronics components.
4. Analyse and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering, Interpret the
logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO1. Understand the fundamentals of basic electronics equipment’s and electronic components.
CO2. Analyze the analog circuits based on diodes and bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) etc.
CO3. Implementation of digital combinational circuits by using basic logic gates.
S.NO. Name of Experiments COs
Experiment no. 1 To study the various electronics components (diode, resistor,
transistor, Capacitors, IC’s etc.) and measuring instruments
(Multimeter, CRO, DSO etc.)
CO1
Experiment no. 2 To study the PN junction diode characteristics under Forward &
Reverse bias conditions.
CO1,CO2
Experiment no. 3 To Study and set up a half wave and full wave rectifier circuit. And
to calculate its Form factor, Ripple factor and efficiency. CO1,CO2
Experiment no. 4 To Design constant DC power supply circuit using Voltage
regulator IC. CO1,CO2
Experiment no. 5 To Study the characteristics of NPN transistor in common emitter
configuration and to plot the input/output characteristics. CO1,CO2
Experiment no. 6 To Study the characteristics of NPN transistor in common base
configuration and to plot the input/output characteristics. CO1,CO2
Experiment no. 7 Study of logic gates and to verify the truth table. CO3.CO1
Experiment no. 8 Implementation of AND, OR, NOT Gate using NAND & NOR
(Universal gates) CO3.CO1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Text Books
1. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky (2009) Electronics Devices & Circuits, Pearson-
R.L Boylstad. ISBN: 978-8131727003
Reference Books
1. Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst, Stephen H. Lewis, Robert G. Meyer (2017) Analysis and
Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley. ISBN:978-1118078891
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Tests/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Sl. No. Description % of Weightage out of 50%
1 Lab record & Continuous
Assessment
40
2 Viva-Voce/Quiz 50
3 General Discipline 10
Experiment no. 9 Implementation of half and full adder digital circuits. CO3.CO1
Experiment no. 10 Implementation of half and full substractor digital circuits. CO3.CO1
Value Added Experiment
Experiment no. 11 To design amplifier with Common emitter NPN transistor and
compute the gain for various Emitter resistances.
CO2,CO1
Experiment no. 12 To design clipper and clamper circuits of various configuration. CO2,CO1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Table: Correlation of POs, PSOs v/s COs
Course
Code
and
Title
Course
Outco
mes
PO
1
P
O
2
PO
3 PO4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1 PSO2
ECEG
1102
CO1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2
1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
HUMN 1007 Indian Constitution L T P C
Version 1.0 1Online) 0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Social Sciences
Co-requisites Basic Knowledge of Computer
Course Objectives
The Objectives of this course are:
5. To understand the making of the Democratic Republic India as it stands today.
6. To help students in understanding the Basic structure of the Indian Constitution, the
principles it holds.
7. To appreciate and understand the law of the land and due process of law in India.
Course Outcomes
CO1: To create patriotic value in the youth.
CO2: To help students in understanding the functioning of the Indian Government, and division
of power between State & Centre.
CO3: To appreciate the fundamental rights and duties and the directive principle of state policy.
CO4: To appreciate the electoral system of India and its effect and outcomes.
Catalog Description
The Indian Constitution is the lengthiest documented constitution of the world. The
comprehensive document has 448 articles in 25 parts and 12 schedules. There are 101
amendments have been made in the Indian constitution. This subject shall focus on making the
students understand the principles laid by the Chief Rule book of India i.e. The Constitution -
starting with the history of the making of Indian Constitution and the Constituent Assembly. The
Preamble as the Preface and then each of the sub-principles of the Indian Constitution will be
dealt with including Fundamental Rights & Duties, Directive principles of state policy, the
Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary will be discussed. Some important amendments,
Emergency Powers of the Indian Constitution will be discussed.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Content
Unit 1: Introduction to Indian Constitution 2 L (Online)
Constituent assembly and the framing of the Indian Constitution, adopting and
executing the supreme Law of the land
Unit 2: Citizenship 2 L (Online)
Laying the parameters for providing the citizenship of India after partition in 1947,
Provisions for citizens of India, single citizenship, acquiring and giving up citizenship.
Unit 3: Fundamental Rights & Duties 2 L (Online)
Basic rights and legal rights, duties of every Indian citizenship
Unit 4: Directive Principles 2 L (Online)
Principles or ideals on which the provisions of Constitution are based
Unit 5: The Union 1 L (Online)
Separation of power between Centre and State in India, subjects in Central list. Legislative,
executive and Judiciary.
Unit 6: The State 1 L (Online)
Subjects in the state list; Legislature, Executive and Judiciary.
Unit 7 : Emergency Provisions 2 L (Online)
Emergency provisions and change in the Federal structure of the country, Constitutional
breakdown, Financial Emergency, National Emergency.
Text Book:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. D. D Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, 20th Edn.Lexisnexis Butterworths,
2012.
Modes of Evaluation:
Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme: Continuous Evaluation Pattern.
Components Continuous Evaluation Continuous Evaluation
Weightage (%) 50%
50%
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -
CO2 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -
CO3 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -
CO4 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Aver
age - - - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - -
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MATH 2037 Statistical and Numerical Methods L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto B.Tech 1st year
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
5. To enable the students understand concept of random variable and probability distributions.
6. To make the students aware of the concepts of testing of hypothesis in statistics.
7. To enable the students understand the mechanism of iterative techniques and derive
appropriate numerical methods to perform numerical differentiation, integration.
8. To make the students able to solve ODEs and PDEs numerically.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the students will be able to
CO12. Understand the theory of discrete and continuous probability distributions.
CO13. Test a hypothesis based on small and large sample test.
CO14. Implement iterative methods to find the numerical solutions of single variable
algebraic and transcendental equations. Interpolate values of the dependent variable from
tabulated equally and unequally spaced experimental data. Perform numerical differentiation
and integration from the available discrete data.
CO15. Apply numerical techniques to solve ordinary and partial differential equations.
Catalog Description
This course covers statistics and numerical analysis. In probability distributions and applied
statistics, students equip with the fundamental tools to find probability of a random variable and
Test a hypothesis based on small and large sample test. Numerical methods deal with the study
of algorithms that use numerical approximation for the problems arising in science and
engineering. The course is aimed to provide the knowledge of numerical methods for solving a
variety of mathematical models. It deals with the basic definitions, properties of various finite
difference operators and their applications to engineering problems associated with polynomial
interpolation, differentiation and integration from the given tabular data. It discusses various
algorithms associated with the technique of finding zeros of the algebraic and transcendental
equations. This course also provides a detailed knowledge of various iterative methods to solve
system of linear algebraic equations. Several techniques will be discussed for solving initial
value problems of ordinary differential equations. The students will also get insight into the
solutions of boundary value problems in partial differential equations.
Course Content
Unit I: Probability Distributions 8 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Random Variable: Discrete and Continuous, Probability mass and Probability density Functions
, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Moment Generating Functions and their properties,
Binomial , Poisson and Normal Distributions.
Unit II: Applied Statistics 8 lecture hours
Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions, single
mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. Test for single mean,
difference of means and correlation coefficients, test for ratio of variances; Chi-square test for
goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
Unit III: Numerical Methods-I 10 lecture hours
Solution of polynomial and transcendental equations – Bisection method, Fixed point iteration
method, Newton-Raphson method and Regula-Falsi method; Finite differences, Interpolation
using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae; Central difference interpolation:
Gauss’s forward and backward formulae. Numerical differentiation, Numerical integration:
Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules. Gauss Jacobi & Gauss Seidel methods.
Unit IV: Numerical Methods-II 10 lecture hours
Ordinary differential equations: Picard’s method, Taylor’s series method, Euler and modified
Euler’s methods. Runge- Kutta method of fourth order for solving first and second order
equations; Partial differential equations: Finite difference solution two dimensional Laplace
equation and Poisson equation, Implicit and explicit methods for one dimensional heat equation
(Schmidt and Crank-Nicholson methods); Finite difference explicit method for wave equation.
Text Books
1. Gupta, S. C., Kapoor, V. K., Fundamental of statistical mathematics, S. Chand publications,
ISBN:9788180545283
2. Jain, M. K., Iyengar, S. R. K., Jain, R. K., Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International, ISBN: 9788122420012.
3. Sastry, S. S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI Learning, India. ISBN:
9788120345928.
4. Bala Guru Swamy, E., Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill, India. ISBN: 0074633112.
Reference Books
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Sheldon Ross, “Introductory Statistics”, 3 e Academic Press, 2014
2. Gerald, F. C., Wheatley, P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson, India. ISBN:
9788131717400
3. Pal, S., Numerical methods: Principles, analyses, and algorithms, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, ISBN: 9780195693751.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
PSO
3
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - -
Avera
ge 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - -
-
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MEMA 2001 Materials science L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course objectives:
1. Understanding correlation between the internal structure of materials, their mechanical
properties, and various methods to quantify their mechanical integrity and failure criteria.
2. Providing a detailed interpretation of equilibrium phase diagrams.
3. Understanding different phases and heat treatment methods to control the properties of
steels.
Course outcomes:
CO1. Demonstrate the understanding of structure and properties of engineering materials.
CO2. Apply the basic concepts of crystallography and phase diagrams to analyse structure and
properties of various alloy systems
CO3. Apply the concepts of phase transformation and heat treatment for optimizing the
properties of steels.
CO4. Understand and evaluate the applications of various ferrous and non-ferrous engineering
materials based upon their properties.
Course description:
Materials from the basic building block of any engineering system and find application in every
industrial environment viz. automotive, aerospace, manufacturing, chemical, construction etc. In
different applications, materials experience a variety of environment like heat, stress, moisture,
chemicals, radiation, etc, and thus it is imperative to study the behavior of a material when
exposed to these environments. Students will be expected to develop a basic understanding of
different types of engineering materials along with their structures and properties. This course
would also develop upon how these properties are measured and how they can be modified
through phase transformations using heat treatment.
Course content:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit 1 6 Lectures
Crystal Structure: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Ceramics. Imperfection in solids:
Point, line, interfacial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and slip
systems critically resolved shear stress.
Unit 2 6 Lectures
Mechanical Property measurement: Tensile, compression and torsion tests; Young’s
modulus, relations between true and engineering stress-strain curves, generalized Hooke’s
law, yielding and yield strength, ductility, resilience, toughness and elastic recovery;
Hardness: Rockwell, Brinell and Vickers and their relation to strength.
Unit 3 6 Lectures
Static failure theories: Ductile and brittle failure mechanisms, Tresca’s, Von-mises, Maximum
normal stress, Mohr-Coulomb and Modified Mohr-Coulomb; Fracture mechanics:
Introduction to Stress-intensity factor approach and Griffith criterion. Fatigue failure: High
cycle fatigue, Stress-life approach, SN curve, endurance and fatigue limits, effects of mean
stress using the Modified Goodman diagram; Fracture with fatigue, Introduction to non-
destructive testing (NDT)
Unit 4 6 Lectures
Alloys, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions- Phase diagrams: Interpretation of binary
phase diagrams and microstructure development; eutectic, peritectic, peritectoid and monotectic
reactions. Iron Iron-carbide phase diagram and microstructural aspects of leduburite,
austenite, ferrite, and cementite, cast iron
Unit 5 6 Lectures
Heat treatment of Steel: Nucleation and Growth, Annealing, tempering, normalising and
spheroidising, isothermal transformation diagrams for Fe-C alloys and microstructure
development. Continuous cooling curves and interpretation of final microstructures and
properties- austempering, martempering, case hardening, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding,
carbo-nitriding, flame and induction hardening, vacuum and plasma hardening
Unit 6 6 Lectures
Alloying of steel, properties of stainless steel and tool steels, maraging steels- cast irons;
grey, white, malleable and spheroidal cast irons- copper and copper alloys; brass, bronze and
cupro-nickel; Aluminium and Al-Cu – Mg alloys- Nickel based superalloys and Titanium
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
alloys
Suggested Text/Reference Books:
1. W. D. Callister, 2006, “Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction”, 6th Edition,
Wiley India.
2. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, “Engineering Materials”, Prentice Hall
of India Private Limited, 4th Indian Reprint, 2002.
3. V. Raghavan, “Material Science and Engineering’, Prentice Hall of India Private
Limited, 1999.
4. U. C. Jindal, “Engineering Materials and Metallurgy”, Pearson, 2011.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs):
PO
s &
PS
Os
/C
Os
P
O
1
P
O
2
P
O
3
P
O
4
P
O
5
P
O
6
P
O
7
P
O
8
P
O
9
P
O
10
P
O
11
P
O
12
PS
O
1
PS
O
2
CO
1 3 1
1 - - - - - 2 2 2 2
1 2
CO
2 3 2 2
1 1 - - - 2 2 2 2
1 2
CO
3 3 2 3 2
1 - - - 2 2 2 2
1 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
C0
4 3 2 2 2 1
1 1
- 3 2 2 2
2 2
Av
g. 3 1.75
2 1.25 0.75 0.25 0.25 - 2.25 2 2 2
1 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2014 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS L T P C
Version 3.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-
requisites/Exposure
Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of thermodynamics in the
broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in particular.
2. To be able to use the laws of thermodynamics to estimate the potential for thermo-
mechanical energy conversion in automotive and power industries.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental
concepts that is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through
thermodynamic relations and power cycles.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around
thermodynamics.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Comprehend the thermodynamic systems, properties and laws of thermodynamics.
CO2. Apply laws of thermodynamics to flow and non-flow processes.
CO3. Analyze the performance of various thermodynamic systems and cycles.
CO4. Evaluate various thermodynamic systems.
Catalog Description
Thermodynamics is important in many scientific and technological problems and can be applied
to any discipline, technology, applications or processes. Thermodynamics is used to understand
many energy exchanges accompanying a wide range of mechanical and chemical processes. In
thermodynamics, we study mainly interactions between the thermodynamic system and
surrounding in the form of heat and work. Due to interaction between system and surrounding,
properties of the system will change and we can study all qualitative and quantitative changes
within the system by using the laws of thermodynamics.
Course Content
UNIT 1: 5 lecture hours
Basic Concepts: Review-Thermodynamic systems, Thermodynamic properties, Thermo-dynamic
equilibrium; State, path, process and cycle, Quasi-static process; Reversible and irreversible
processes; Equality of temperature, Zeroth law of thermodynamics and temperature scales;
Transient energies-heat and work, Concept of an ideal gas, characteristic; Gas equation;
Avogadro’s and universal gas constant; Vander wal’s equation of state.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIT 2: 7 lecture hours
First Law of Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics and its corollaries; Internal energy-a
property of the system; First law for control mass (closed system); Non-flow process of ideal
gases; enthalpy and specific heats, First law for control volume (open system); Steady flow
energy and equation and its engineering applications; Flow work and non-flow work, Free
expansion and throttling processes; Joule-Thomson coefficient; Inversion point and Inversion
curve; Limitations of first law.
UNIT 3: 4 lecture hours
Properties of Steam: Pure substance- phase and phase transformation, Vaporization, evaporation
and boiling; Solid liquid and Vapour equilibrium; Temperature-Volume (T-V), Pressure-Volume
(P-V) and pressure-Tempt,(P-T) plots, generation of steam at constant pressure, introduction to
steam Generators(Boiler), Dryness fraction, Steam Table and Mollier Diagrams, Dryness
Fraction , Separating and throttling calorimeter, Vapour Power Cycles, Carnot and Rankine cycle
UNIT 4: 7 lecture hours
Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy: Kelvin-Plank’s and Clausius statements of
second law and their equivalence; Carnot cycle and Carnot heat engine; Reversed Carnot cycle
(Carnot heat pump and refrigerator),Carnot theorem, Thermodynamic temperature scale and
Clausius in equality, Entropy- a point function, Temperature-entropy plot and Entropy change
during a process. Principle of entropy increases; Application of Entropy Principle,
UNIT 5: 6 lecture hours Availability and Irreversibility: High and low grade energy; Available and unavailable energy;
Loss of available energy due to heat transfer through a finite temperature difference, Availability
of a non-flow (closed) and a steady flow system; Helmholtz and Gibb’s function, Effectiveness
and irreversibility; Third law of thermos-dynamic (Nernst law).
UNIT 6: 4 lecture hours
Air Standard Cycles: I C Engine Terminology, Otto cycle, Diesel Cycle, Dual Cycle, Efficiency,
mean effective pressure, Indicator diagrams, working of 2- stroke & 4four stroke petrol and
diesel engines and comparison
Text Books
1. Nag P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, (2008), Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.
2. Arora C.P., “Thermodynamics, (2001), Tata McGraw-Hill Education
Reference Books
1. Jones and Dugans, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, (1996), PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
2. Wylen Van, “Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics”, (1994), John wiley & sons.
3. Holman J.P., “Thermodynamics” , (1998),McGraw Hill.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2
Average 2 2.5 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1.75
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 2010 Signals & Systems L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Engineering Mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the learners develop the ability to understand signal classification.
2. To enable students analyse continuous and discrete time signals.
3. To give the students a perspective to appreciate the role of various mathematical transforms.
4. To enable students acquire understanding of linear time invariant system.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Describe the signal classification.
CO2. Analyze continuous and discrete time signals.
CO3. Compose continuous and discrete time systems.
CO4. Develop various mathematical techniques to analyse continuous and discrete time
systems.
Catalog Description
The concepts and theory of signals and systems are needed in almost all electrical engineering
fields and in many other engineering and scientific disciplines as well. They form the foundation
for further studies in areas such as communication, signal processing, and control systems. In
this course, the students will learn about the continuous and discrete time signals and systems.
They will learn about the transformation of signals from time domain to frequency domain and
vice versa. This will help the students to better analyze the signals. Students will be encouraged
to actively take part in solving numerical problems, which will help the students to understand
the subject. Students are expected to interact with media resources, such as NPTEL, etc.
Course Content
Unit I: 6 lecture hours
Definition and classification of signals: Continuous and Discrete Time Signals, Periodic & Non-
periodic Signal, Deterministic and Random Signals, Energy & Power Signals, Analog and
Digital Signals Commonly used signals (for discrete and continuous): Definition and relationship
of Unit step, Unit Ramp, Unit Impulse signal, Exponential signal, Sinusoidal signal, Even & Odd
signal, Classifications of Systems: Linear & Non-linear, Stable & Unstable. Static (Memory less)
& Dynamic (Memory), Causal & Non-causal, Time invariant & Time variant, Invertible and Non
Invertible Systems. Discrete Time systems: Adder, Constant multiplier, Signal multiplier, Unit
delay block, Unit advance block.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: 5 lecture hours
Analysis of continuous time signals: Fourier series representation of Periodic signals,
Representation of Fourier series in Exponential form, Frequency spectrum, Properties of
Continuous time Fourier series, Parseval’s theorem, Continuous Time Fourier Transform
(CTFT), Magnitude and Phase spectrum, Properties and Theorems of CTFT, Energy and Power
Spectral Density, Fourier transform of some common functions, convolution Integral, Hilbert
transform.
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
Discrete time fourier transform: Fourier transform representation of aperiodic discrete time
signals, Periodicity of DTFT, Properties of DTFT, Fourier transform of periodic signals, Signal
transmission through LTI System, Ideal and Practical filters, Energy spectral Density, Power
Spectral Density, Sampling Theorem and Proof, Signal Reconstruction and Concept of Aliasing
Application of signal and system in communication.
Unit IV: 8 lecture hours Linear time invariant continuous time system and analysis: Transfer function and Impulse response, Block diagram representation and Reduction technique, Convolution integral, State variable techniques, State equations for Electrical networks, State equations from transfer functions. Properties of LTI systems. Analysis of first order and second order systems, continuous-time system analysis using LT, system functions of CT systems, poles and zeros, Frequency Response, First Order ad Second order continuous time system.
Unit V: 9 lecture hours Analysis of discrete time signals: Introduction to Z Transform, One sided, Two Sided, Bilateral, ROC, ROC Properties, Z Transform Properties and Theorems, Z Transform of some common signals, Inverse Z Transform, Solution of difference equations using one-sided Z Transform, s- to z-plane mapping , Analysis and Characterization of LTI System using Z Transform, System Function algebra and Block diagram representation.
Text Books
1. Oppenheim, A. V., Willsky, A. S., & Hamid, S. (1997). Signals and Systems. (2nd
Edition). Prentice-Hall, ISBN-13: 978-0138147570.
2. Lathi, B. P. (2009). Principles of Linear Systems. Oxford University Press, ISBN 13:
9780198062271.
3. Roberts, M. J. (2008) Fundamentals of Signals and Systems, McGraw hill Edition, ISBN-
13: 978-0073309507.
Reference Books
1. Kumar, A. (2013). Signals and Systems, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, ISBN 13: 9788122436273 .
2. Hsu, H. P. Schaum's Outlines of Signals and Systems. (1995). McGraw-Hill, ISBN:
0-07-030641-9.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Components MSE I MSE II Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE
Weightage (%) 20 - 30 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
Average 2.75 2.75 1.25 1.4 1 1.25 2.25 2 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2019 Engineering Mechanics L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course objectives:
1. Confidently tackle equilibrium equations, moments and inertia problems.
2. Master calculator/computing basic skills to use to advantage in solving mechanics
problems.
3. Gain a f i rm foundation in Engineering Mechanics for furthering the career in
Engineering
Course outcomes:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the basic concepts of statics and dynamics of rigid bodies.
CO2. Apply the concepts of Engineering Mechanics in solving Engineering problems.
CO3. Analyze forces, motion, work and energy problems and their relationship to engineering
applications.
Course description:
The course covers the fundamental background in the statics and dynamics of rigid bodies, with
a special emphasis on applications of laws of rigid body mechanics, as relevant to engineering
sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with a
description of basic laws of mechanics, resultant of system of forces and equilibrium of system.
The aim is to develop in the engineering student the ability to analyze any problem in a simple
and logical manner and to apply to its solution a few, well understood, basic principles. The
application of concepts of mechanics further is elaborated in analysis of pinned joint structure
and dynamics of bodies. Students will learn to understand the concepts of dealing problems with
friction like belt, wedge and ladder friction. The understanding of center of gravity and moment
of inertia and its calculations are also explored in this course. Further, being a rigorous course on
problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches and the
effective use of commercial software packages to answer engineering questions.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course content:
Unit 1 Introduction to Engineering Mechanics
Force Systems, Basic concepts, Particle equilibrium in 2-D & 3-D; Rigid Body equilibrium;
System of Forces, Coplanar Concurrent Forces, Components in Space – Resultant- Moment of
Forces and its Application; Couples and Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium of System of
Forces, Free body diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems and Spatial
Systems; Static Indeterminacy
Unit 2 Friction
Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic Friction; Motion of
Bodies, wedge friction, screw jack & differential screw jack;
Unit 3 Basic Structural Analysis
Equilibrium in three dimensions; Method of Sections; Method of Joints; How to determine if a
member is in tension or compression; Simple Trusses; Zero force members; Beams & types of
beams; Frames & Machines;
Unit 4 Centroid and Centre of Gravity
Centroid of simple figures from first principle, centroid of composite sections; Centre of
Gravity and its implications; Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia of plane
sections from first principles, Theorems of moment of inertia, Moment of inertia of standard
sections and composite sections; Mass moment inertia of circular plate, Cylinder, Cone,
Sphere, Hook.
Unit 5 Virtual Work and Energy Method
Virtual displacements, principle of virtual work for particle and ideal system of rigid bodies,
degrees of freedom. Active force diagram, systems with friction, mechanical efficiency.
Conservative forces and potential energy (elastic and gravitational), energy equation for
equilibrium. Applications of energy method for equilibrium. Stability of equilibrium.
Unit 6 Review of particle dynamics
Rectilinear motion; Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path, and polar coordinates). 3-D
curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained motion; Newton’s 2nd law (rectangular, path, and
polar coordinates). Work-kinetic energy, power, potential energy. Impulse-momentum (linear,
angular); Impact (Direct and oblique).
Unit 7 Introduction to Kinetics of Rigid Bodies
Basic terms, general principles in dynamics; Types of motion, Instantaneous centre of rotation
in plane motion and simple problems; D’Alembert’s principle and its applications in plane
motion and connected bodies; Work energy principle and its application in plane motion of
connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body rotation;
Unit 8 Mechanical Vibrations covering
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Basic terminology, free and forced vibrations, resonance and its effects; Degree of freedom;
Derivation for frequency and amplitude of free vibrations without damping and single degree of
freedom system, simple problems, types of pendulum, use of simple, compound and torsion
pendulums;
Suggested Text/Reference Books:
1. Irving H. Shames (2006), Engineering Mechanics, 4th
Edition, Prentice Hall
2. F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston (2011), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I - Statics,
Vol II, – Dynamics, 9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill
3. R. C. Hibbler (2006), Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics,
Pearson Press.
4. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap (2011), Introduction to Statics and Dynamics, Oxford
University Press
5. Shanes and Rao (2006), Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education,
6. Hibler and Gupta (2010), Engineering Mechanics (Statics, Dynamics) by Pearson
Education
7. Reddy Vijaykumar K. and K. Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer’s Engineering Mechanics
8. Bansal R.K. (2010), A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publications
9. Khurmi R.S. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, S. Chand & Co.
10. Tayal A.K. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs):
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2
Average 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Human Values and Ethics- HUMN 1301 L T P C
Version 1.0 1 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of English
Co-requisites Basic IT skills
Course
Objectives
To inculcate human values and professional ethics in students.
To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life based on
a correct understanding of the Human reality and the rest of Existence.
To develop moral responsibilities and ethical vision towards self and society.
Course
Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the student should be
able to:
CO1. Understand the importance of values, ethics, harmony and lifelong learning in
personal and professional life
CO2. Apply the knowledge of values and ethics in daily lives.
Catalog Description
Nowadays the world is facing tremendous values crisis and so many
unsatisfactory occurrences have been arising due to lack of human values and
character. This course will help the students to inculcate human values and
professional ethics by understanding the importance of Values and Ethics in day -
to-day life. It will benefit our new generation to keep aside their conflicts &
problems and inspire them to lead a successful life in real sense. The course will
also aid in taking informed decisions in life based on correct values and ethics,
which is going to make them not only a better professional at the workplace but
also a better human being ..
Course Content
Unit I: Introduction of Human Values: E x pl o r i n g V a l u e s , Character, Integrity,
Credibility, Mutual Respect, Dedication, Perseverance, Humility and Perception. Self-
Assessment & Analysis, Setting Life Goals, Consciousness and Self-Transformation. Team
Work, Conflict Resolution, Influencing and Winning People, Anger Management,
Forgiveness and Peace, Morality, Conscience. Yoga and Spirituality; Moral Development
Theories, Moral Dilemma - Exploring Self, Work Ethics
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: Contemporary society and Human Values: Indian System of Values, Science,
Technology and Human Values, Holistic Development, Indian Constitution & Ethics, Cannons of
Ethics
Unit III: Humanism & Human Values: Human Rights & Human Values, Work Ethics,
Engineering Ethics, Human Values and Freedom, Love and Wisdom , Moral Dilemma,
Unit IV: Management by Values: Interpersonal relationship at Workplace, Professional
Excellence, Leadership & Teamwork, Conflict Resolution.
Text Books 1. Shetty, Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics [R.R. Gaur, R.
Sangal, G.P. Bagaria]
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Seminar/Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components MSE I (U-1)
2 Quiz
1 Discussion
MSE II (U-2)
1 Quiz
1 Assignment
MSE III(U 3.4)
3 Quiz
3 Assignment
ESE
Weightage
(%)
20% 30% 50% 100%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
Mapping between COs and POs
Course Outcomes (COs)
Mapped
Programm
e
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the importance of values, ethics, harmony and
lifelong learning in personal and professional life
PO8
CO2
Apply the knowledge of values and ethics in daily lives.
PO6
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Engin
eeri
ng K
now
ledg
e
Pro
ble
m a
nal
ysi
s
Des
ign/d
evel
opm
ent
of
solu
tions
C
on
du
ct
inv
est
igati
on
s o
f co
mp
lex
pro
ble
ms
M
oder
n t
ool
usa
ge
The
eng
inee
r an
d s
oci
ety
Envir
onm
ent
and s
ust
ainab
ilit
y
Eth
ics
Indiv
idual
or
team
work
Com
munic
atio
n
Pro
ject
man
agem
ent
and f
inan
ce
Lif
e-lo
ng L
earn
ing
Course
Code
Course
Title
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
HUMN
1301
Human
Values and
Ethics
2
2
1=weakly mapped
2= moderately mapped
3=strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2103 Engineering Graphics Lab II L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Engineering Graphics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives:
1. Exposure to the visual aspects of engineering design.
2. Exposure to solid modelling.
3. Exposure to computer-aided geometric design.
4. Exposure to creating working drawings.
5. Exposure to engineering communication.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO1. Apply the knowledge of projection, sectioning in the drawing of machine elements.
CO2. Draw machine element like joints, coupling, bolts etc. consisting of 3 - 4 elements on
software.
CO3. Create assembly drawing of mechanical parts in CATIA V6.
CO4. Develop dimensional & production drawing as per the needs of processes in industries on
software.
Catalog Description:
In this course, students will learn about representation of various machine components like,
joints, couplings, bolts, etc. in the form of 2D and 3D models. The course also makes students
capable of performing assembly of various machine components.
List of Exercises:
Sl.
No. Lab Contents
1 Lab – 1 Getting started with CATIA V6 drafting
2 Lab – 2 To draw simple 2D sketches in drafting
3 Lab – 3 To draw advanced 2D sketches in drafting
4 Lab – 4 Getting started with CATIA V6 part modeling
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
5 Lab – 5 To create simple 3D models in part modeling
6 Lab – 6 To create advanced 3D models in part modeling
7 Lab - 7
Getting started with CATIA V6 Assembly and assembly of Muff
coupling
8 Lab – 8
To create an assembly of socket and spigot joint and draw various
orthographic views in drafting
9 Lab – 9
To create an assembly of Flange coupling and draw various
orthographic views in drafting
10 Lab – 10
To create an assembly of Oldham coupling and draw various
orthographic views in drafting
11 Lab – 11
To create an assembly of Knuckle joint and draw various
orthographic views in drafting
12 Lab – 12
Conventional representation of surface finish, Roughness number
symbol, Symbols of Machine elements and welded joints. Limits,
Fits and Tolerances
Text Books / Reference Books
Text Book
1. K. L. Narayana, P. Kannaiah, K. Venkata Reddy (2006), “Machine drawing”, New Age
International Publishers
2. P S Gill, (2014), “Machine Drawing”, S K Kataria and Sons.
Reference Book
1. N D Bhatt (2014), “Machine Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House
2. R K Dhawan (2014), “A Textbook of Machine Drawing”, S Chand & Co Limited ISBN :
978-930856-7649-9
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components IA Mid Sem End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 0 0 100 100
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
P
O
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 2 2 1 -
CO2 2 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 2 1 -
CO3 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 -
CO4 2 - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 2 2 1 -
Averag
e 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2025 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 2 5
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Fluid mechanics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of fluid mechanics in the
broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in
particular
2. To enable students to understand fluid properties and apply laws of fluid mechanics and
analyse fluid flows through different configurations along with the measurement of flow
parameters.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the
fundamental concepts that are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality
through dimensional analysis and similitude.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around fluid
mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.
5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems
in a professional way, using commercial software packages such as MATLAB for data
analysis and presentation, numerical simulations etc.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the fluid properties, fluid flow characteristics, fluidic sensors and governing
equations of fluid kinematics and dynamics.
CO2. Apply principles of fluid kinematics and dynamics to fluid flow systems and
turbomachines.
CO3. Analyze the performance characteristics of various flow systems.
CO4. Compare performance characteristics of various fluid flow systems.
Catalog Description
Fluid flows are important in many scientific and technological problems including automotive
design, atmospheric and oceanic circulation, renewable energy generation, energy production by
chemical or nuclear combustion in engines and stars, energy utilization in vehicles, buildings and
industrial processes, and biological processes such as the flow of blood. The highly
multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught across
multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, Chemical to Environmental
Engineering. The current course covers the fundamental background in the statics and dynamics
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
of fluids, with a special emphasis on applications of fluid mechanics, as relevant to engineering
sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with a
description of different fluid properties and covers the basic conservation laws of mass,
momentum and energy. The students will learn the fundamental laws of fluid dynamics and then
apply it to two distinct type of flows commonly found in real life: internal flows and external
flows. The students will thus get an adequate exposure to internal flows such as pipe flows in
industry, or external flows viz. flow over an aircraft wing. The student will also learn the art of
engineering approximations, and the fundamental concepts of dimensional analysis, similitude
and experimentation, that are involved in translating a novel idea to a real-world application.
Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering
problem-solving approaches and the effective use of commercial software packages to answer
engineering questions.
Course Content
Unit I: 4 lecture hours
Fluid properties and flow characteristics: Units and dimensions- Properties of fluids- mass
density, specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity, viscosity, compressibility, vapour
pressure, surface tension and capillarity; Pressure measurement & buoyancy.
Unit II: 5 lecture hours
Fluid kinematics and dynamics: Flow characteristics – concept of control volume , Types of
Fluid flow, Types of flow line, application of continuity equation, energy equation and
momentum equation, Velocity potential and Stream function, Bernoulli’s equation, Application
of Bernoulli’s equation , Vortex motion.
Unit III: 5 lecture hours
Dimensional analysis: Need for dimensional analysis – methods of dimensional analysis –
Similitude –types of similitude -Dimensionless parameters- application of dimensionless
parameters – Model analysis.
Unit IV: 6 lecture hours
Flow through circular conduits: Hydraulic and energy gradient - Laminar flow through circular
conduits and circular annuli-Boundary layer concepts – types of boundary layer thickness –
Darcy Weisbach equation –friction factor- Moody diagram- commercial pipes- minor losses –
Flow through pipes in series and parallel.
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
Pumps: Impact of jets - Euler’s equation - Theory of roto-dynamic machines – various
efficiencies– velocity components at entry and exit of the rotor- velocity triangles - Centrifugal
pumps– working principle - work done by the impeller - performance curves - Reciprocating
pump- working principle – Rotary pumps –classification.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit VI: 6 lecture hours
Turbines: Classification of turbines – heads and efficiencies – velocity triangles; Axial, radial
and mixed flow turbines. Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbines- working principles -
work done by water on the runner – draft tube. Specific speed - unit quantities – performance
curves for turbines – governing of turbines.
Unit VII: 4 lecture hours
Fluidics: Fluidic elements, Fluidic sensors, Fluidic amplifiers, Comparison among different
switching elements.
Text Books
a. Som S.K., Biswas Gautam and Chakraborty, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Machinery
Reference Books
1. Gupta S.C., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
2. Kundu, Cohen and Dowling, Fluid Mechanics
3. White Frank M., Fluid Mechanics
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
P
O
3
P
O
4
P
O
5
P
O
6
P
O
7
P
O
8
P
O
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O
1
PS
O
2
CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1
CO3 1 1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2
CO4 1 1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2
Aver
age
1.7
5
1 2 1.
5
2.
33
1.5
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2012 Strength of Materials L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 2 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Physics and Mathematics.
Basic knowledge of Mechanics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of mechanics of solids in the
broader context of engineering sciences in general.
2. Understand and analyse the structural members subjected to tension, compression, torsion,
bending and combined stresses using the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, and elastic
behaviour of materials.
3. To understand and estimate strength, predict failure and incorporate design considerations.
4. Understand the concept of buckling and apply in columns.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the basic principles of stress and strain in solid bodies.
CO2. Apply stress-strain relationships in single and compound members subjected to different
types of loading such as tension, compression, shear, bending, torsion etc.
CO3. Analyze Engineering problems using basic principles of stress and strain.
CO4. Evaluate failure of structural and mechanical components under various loading
conditions.
Catalog Description
Mechanics of Solids is a fundamental subject needed primarily for the students of Mechanical
Engineering to understand the behavior of deformable bodies under varied engineering
applications ranging from steel, cement, automobile industries to heavy metal and oil & gas
industries. The highly multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it
is taught across multiple disciplines of mechanical, civil, and aerospace engineering. The current
course covers the fundamentals of stresses and strains relevant to engineering in general. The
students will get exposure to understand and analyze the structural members subjected to various
types of loads i.e. axial, shear, bending, torsion or eccentric loadings. The students will also learn
to analyze the practical engineering problems subjected to combined loading and apply theories
of failure. Furthermore, the rigorous problem solving will enable them to apply the fundamentals
in engineering applications of columns and pressure vessels so that they get acquainted with
engineering problem solving approach.
Course Content
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit I: 12 hours
Stress and Strains
Introduction, Stress, Types of stress & Strain, Hook’s law, Elastic Constant, Poisson’s Ratio,
relationship among elastic constants, Stress – Strain Diagram for structural steel and non-ferrous
materials, Properties of Materials, Principles of superposition, Total elongation of tapering bars
of circular and rectangular cross sections. Elongation due to self – weight, Indeterminate
structures, Composite section, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain, Thermal
stresses including thermal stresses in compound bars
Unit II: 10 hours
Bending Stress, Shear Stress in Beams
Introduction, Bending stress in beam, Assumptions in simple bending theory, Pure bending
derivation of flexural formula, section modulus, Flexural rigidity, Expression for horizontal shear
stress in beam, Shear stress diagram for rectangular, symmetrical ‘I’ and ‘T’ section
Bending Moment and Shear Force in BEAMS
Introduction, Types of beams loadings and supports, shearing force in beam, bending moment,
Sign convention, Relationship between loading, shear force and bending moment, Shear force
and bending moment equations, SFD and BMD for cantilever beams, simply supported beams
and overhanging beams subjected to point loads, UDL, UVL and Couple.
Unit III: 5 hours
Torsion of circular shafts
Introduction, Pure torsion, torsion equation for circular shafts, Polar Moment of Inertia,
Torsional rigidity and polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft of solid and hollow circular
sections, Composite shafts: series connections & Parallel connection, buckling, combined
bending & Torsion.
Unit IV: 18 hours
Deflection of Beams
Introduction, Definitions of slope, deflection, Elastic curve, derivation of differential equation of
deflection of beams, Sign convention, Slope and deflection condition, Direct integration & Area
Moment, Macaulay’s method for prismatic beams and overhanging beams subjected to point
loads, UDL and Couple, Strain energy method to calculate the deflection
Complex stresses
Introduction, Stress components on inclined planes, General two-dimensional stress system,
Principal planes and stresses, Mohr’s Stress for plane stress condition, Strain Energy, Impact
Loading, Theory of failure, FOS
Cylindrical & Spherical Shells
Thin Walled Cylinders and Spheres. Stresses due to Internal Pressure, Change in length,
Diameter, and Volume.
Unit V: 4 hours
Elastic Stability of Columns
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Introduction, Short and long columns, Euler’s theory on columns, Assumptions, derivation,
slenderness ration, radius of gyration, buckling load, Assumptions, Euler’s Buckling load for
different end conditions, Limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula and problems,
eccentric loading of columns; Rankine’s formula, Euler’s Formula
Text Books
1. Jindal, U C., “Strength of Materials”, Pearson Education India.
2. Rattan, S. S., “Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
Reference Books
1. Hibbler, R C., “Mechanics of Materials”, Pearson Education.
2. Philpot, T A., “Mechanics of Materials: An Integrated Learning System, 4th Edition: An
Integrated Learning System”, Wiley
3. Ryder, G H., “Strength of Materials”, Macmillan
4. Goodno, B J., Gere J. M., “Mechanics of Materials”, Cengage Learning
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1
CO
2
3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1
CO
3
3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1
CO
4
3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1
Ave
rag
e
3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 3 1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 2030 Analog and Digital Electronics L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics, Engineering
Physics and Knowledge of Basic Electronics Engineering
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1) To help the students understand the fundamentals of Analog and Digital Electronics.
2) To enable students to understand different configurations of Transistor as an amplifier
using Signal analysis.
3) To empower students with the fundamental concepts of Oscillators and Timer Circuits that
is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through Circuit Designing.
4) To expose students for designing of a Combinational and Sequential Circuits.
5) To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Recognize Amplifiers and Oscillators.
CO2. Analyze operational amplifier circuits.
CO3. Compute problems related to number systems and Boolean algebra
CO4. Identify, analyze and design combinational circuits.
CO5. Design various synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits.
Catalog Description
A small-signal amplifier accepts low voltage ac inputs and produces amplified outputs. It covers
the design of small-signal amplifier circuits to meet given specifications for voltage gain, load
resistance, supply voltage, frequency response and so on. Negative Feedback is produced by
feeding a portion of an amplifier output back to input, where it behaves as an additional signal.
This results in stabilized amplifier gain, extended bandwidth, reduced distortion, and modified
input and output impedances. Designing of IC op-amp circuits involves determination of suitable
values for the external components. Course exposes students for designing of a Combinational
and Sequential Circuits.
Course Content
Unit I: 7 lecture hours
Transistors Amplifiers
Small signal BJT amplifiers: AC equivalent circuit, hybrid, re model and their use in amplifier
design, Multistage amplifiers, frequency response of basic and compound configuration, Power
amplifiers: Class A, B, AB, C and D stages, IC output stages.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
Feedback and Oscillators Circuits
Effect of positive and negative feedback amplifiers, basic feedback topologies and their
properties. Analysis of practical feedback amplifiers, Sinusoidal Oscillators (RC, LC AND
Crystal), Multi vibrators, the 555timer.
Unit III: 4 lecture hours
Operational Amplifiers
Basics, practical op-amp circuits, differential and common mode operation, Inverting and Non-
Inverting Amplifiers differential and Cascade amplifier, Op-amp applications
Unit IV: 8 lecture hours
Codes Introduction & Usefulness, Weighted & Non Weighted Codes, Sequential Codes, Self-
Complementing Codes, Cyclic Codes, 8-4-2-1 BCD Code, Excess-3 Code, Gray Code: Binary to
Gray and Gray to Binary Code Conversion, Error Detecting Code, Error Correcting Code, 7-Bit
Hamming Code, ASCII Code, EBCDIC Code. Realization of Boolean Expressions: Reduction of
Boolean Expressions using Laws, Theorems and Axioms of Boolean Algebra, Boolean
Expressions and Logic Diagrams, Converting AND / OR/Invert Logic to NAND / NOR Logic,
SOP and POS Forms and their Realization. Expansion of a Boolean Expression to SOP Form,
Expansion of a Boolean Expression to POS Form, Two, Three & Four Variable K-Map:
Mapping and Minimization of SOP and POS Expressions. Completely and Incompletely
Specified Functions – Concepts of Don’t Care Terms; Quine- Mc Clusky Method.
Unit V: 11 lecture hours
Combinational Circuits Decoder: 3- Line to 8-Line Decoder, 8-4-2-1 BCD to Decimal Decoder, BCD to Seven Segment
Decoder. Encoder: Octal to Binary and Decimal to BCD Encoder. Multiplexer: 2 Input
Multiplexer, 4-Input Multiplexer, 16-Input Multiplexer Demultiplexer:1-Line to 8 Line
Demultiplexer, Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Parallel Binary Adder,
Look Ahead Carry Adder, Serial Adder, BCD Adder. Code Converter, Parity Bit Generator /
Checker, Comparator. Decoder: 3- Line to 8-Line Decoder, 8-4-2-1 BCD to Decimal Decoder,
BCD to Seven Segment Decoder. Encoder: Octal to Binary and Decimal to BCD Encoder,
Multiplexer: 2 Input Multiplexer, 4-Input Multiplexer, 16-Input Multiplexer Demultiplexer:1-
Line to 8 Line Demultiplexer.
UNIT VI: 12 Lecture Hours
Sequential circuits
Characteristic Table, Characteristic Equation, Excitation Table, State table and State Diagrams
for SR, JK, Master Slave JK, D and T flip-flops, Conversion from one type of Flip-Flop to
another, Shift Registers: Shift Registers Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits, PIPO,
SIPO, PISO, SISO, Bi-Directional Shift Registers; Universal Shift Register. Counter:
Asynchronous Counter: Ripple Counters; Design of Asynchronous Counters, Effects of
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Propagation Delay in Ripple Counters, Synchronous Counters: 4-Bit Synchronous Up Counter,
4-Bit Synchronous Down Counter, Design of Synchronous Counters, Ring Counter, Johnson
Counter, Pulse Train Generators using Counter, Design of Sequence Generators; Digital Clock
using Counters.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sedra & Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford University Press.
2. Milman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Mc Graw Hill Company.
3. Balbir Kumar & Shail B. Jain, Electronic devices & Circuits, PHI.
4. R.A. Gayakwad, Op-amps and Linear IC’s, PHI.
5. M Morris Mano and Micael D. Ciletti, Digital Design, Pearson Education, 2008
6. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, TMH, 2003
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rashid, Microelectronic Circuit- Analysis & Design, Cenage Learning.
2. Schilling & Belove, Electronic Circuits: Discrete & Integrated, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill
Company.
3. Malvino, Electronic principles, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Company.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3
CO3 2 2 2 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 3
CO5 2 3 1 2 3
Average 2 2 2.33 2 1 1 1 2 3
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Objectives
1) Students should be able to identify, analyse and evaluate various parameters for
measurement.
2) Students should be able to design, calibrate and troubleshoot various measurement
systems
3) To enable student for developing modelling of various physical system.
4) To enable students transient response analysis of the system behaviour.
5) To enable students frequency response analysis of the system behaviour.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Describe the different principles and instruments adopted for measurement of current,
voltage, power, energy etc.
CO2. Analyze different methods available for measurement of passive elements i.e. resistance,
inductance & capacitance.
CO3. Apply different methods of representation of systems and their transfer function models.
CO4. Develop knowledge in time response of systems and their steady state error analysis.
CO5. Interpret the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis and to
give basic knowledge in obtaining the open loop and closed–loop frequency responses of
systems.
Catalog Description
ECEG 3011 Instrumentation and Control L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1) Basic concepts in electrical & electronics
engineering.
2) Some basic knowledge of mathematics
3) Some preliminary knowledge of electrical and
electronics circuit analysis
Co-requisites --
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
The art of measurement plays an important role in all branches of engineering and science. With
the advancement of technology, measurement techniques have also taken rapid strides during
recent years with the introduction of many types of instrumentation devices, innovations,
refinements and altogether new techniques. The object of this course is to familiarize the
students with recent trends in electronic measurements and instrumentation systems used by the
industry. The course content has been framed carefully, dealing with various measurement
devices, and industrial transducers so as to familiarize the students with current industrial
practices. Apart from regular teaching methodologies students are taught using industrial case
studies thereby increasing the exposure to practical system design. After completion of course
students are expected to identify, analyze and design various measurement systems as per the
industrial standards. In this course the focus will be on understanding of control system for
system analysis. Basic understanding of system modelling and design will be discussed in detail
in this course. In addition, the focus will be on transient and frequency response stability and
control technique. State space representation of the system will be discussed. Various control
system component will be discussed and their use on real time various industry will be
explained.
Course Content
Unit I: Static & Dynamic Characteristics of Instruments 4
lectures
Functional elements of a measurement systems, microprocessor based instrumentation, standard
& calibration, errors and uncertainties in performance parameters, impedance loading and
matching, formulation of systems equations, dynamic response, compensation
Unit II: Measurement of Physical System 6 lectures
Resistive, Capacitive, Inductive and piezoelectric transducers and their signal conditioning.
Measurement of displacement, velocity and acceleration (translational and rotational), force,
torque, vibration and shock. Measurement of pressure, flow, temperature and liquid level.
Measurement of pH, conductivity, viscosity and humidity.
Unit III: Mathematical Modeling of Physical system: 8
lectures
Differential equation of physical system. Mechanical system, Translational systems, mechanical
accelerometer, linearization, linear system, gear trains, electrical system, thermal system, fluid
system, pneumatic system
Unit IV: Block Diagram & Signal flow graph 3
lectures
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
block diagrammatic description, reduction of block diagrams. Open loop and closed loop
(feedback) systems and stability analysis of these systems. Signal flow graphs and their use in
determining transfer functions of systems
Unit V: Transient Response 4
lectures
Transient and steady state analysis of LTI control systems and frequency response. Tools and
techniques for LTI control system analysis:
Unit VI: Stability of the system 7 lectures
Routh-Hurwitz criterion, root loci, Bode and Nyquist plots. Control system compensators:
elements of lead and lag compensation, elements of Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID)
control. State variable representation and solution of state equation of LTI control systems.
Text Books
1) S.P. Singh, B.C. Nakra, Theory and Applications of Automatic Controls, New Age
International
Reference Books
1. Sawhney A.K., Electrical and Electronic Measurement and instrumentation, Dhanpat rai and
co ltd.
2. Nagrath and Gopal, Control Systems Engineering
3. Kalsi H.S., Electronic Instrumentation Paperback by H. S. Kalsi, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Anand Kuma A., Control Systems, 2nd Edition PHI learning Media.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 3 1 2
CO
2
3 3 3 1 2
CO
3
3 3 2 2 3 3
CO
4
3 3 2 1 2
CO
5
3 3 2 2
Ave
rag
e
3 3 3 2 2 1.6 2.25
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 3004 Fluid Mechanics & Machinery Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Fluid mechanics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of fluid mechanics in the
broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in particular
2. To enable students to understand fluid properties and apply laws of fluid mechanics and
analyse fluid flows through different configurations along with the measurement of flow
parameters.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental
concepts that are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through dimensional
analysis and similitude.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around fluid
mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.
5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in a
professional way, using commercial software packages such as MATLAB for data analysis and
presentation, numerical simulations etc.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure
CO2 Compute the results of the experiments based on different process parameters
obtained during the experimentation.
CO3 Analyze the data obtained during experiments of fluid mechanics experiments
.
Catalog Description
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Fluid flows are important in many scientific and technological problems including automotive
design, atmospheric and oceanic circulation, renewable energy generation, and energy
production by chemical or nuclear combustion in engines and stars, energy utilization in
vehicles, buildings and industrial processes, and biological processes such as the flow of blood.
The highly multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught
across multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, and Chemical to
Environmental Engineering. The current course covers the fundamental background in the statics
and dynamics of fluids, with a special emphasis on applications of fluid mechanics, as relevant to
engineering sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with
a description of different fluid properties and covers the basic conservation laws of mass,
momentum and energy. The students will learn the fundamental laws of fluid dynamics and then
apply it to two distinct type of flows commonly found in real life: internal
flows and external flows. The students will thus get an adequate exposure to internal flows such
as pipe flows in industry, or external flows viz. flow over an aircraft wing. The student will also
learn the art of engineering approximations, and the fundamental concepts of dimensional
analysis, similitude and experimentation, that are involved in translating a novel idea to a real-
world application. Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it will acquaint students
with engineering problem solving approaches and the effective use of commercial software
packages to answer engineering questions.
List of Experiments
Exp. 1 To verify the Bernoulli’s theorem experimentally CO’s
Exp.2 Viscosity measurement using Stokes theorem CO1-3
Exp. 3 Study the laminar and turbulent flow in pipes in Reynold’s apparatus CO1-3
Exp. 4 Calculated the center of pressure by experiment and comparison with
theoretical value
CO1-3
Exp. 5 Determination of discharge co-efficient for V-notch and rectangular
notch
CO1-3
Exp. 6 To calibrate a Venturimeter and Orifice meter to study the variation of
coefficient of discharge with the Reynolds number.
CO1-3
Exp. 7 To study the variation of friction factor, ‘f’ for turbulent flow in rough
and smooth commercial pipes.
CO1-3
Exp. 8 To determine the minor head loss coefficient for different pipe fittings. CO1-3
Exp 9 To determine the coefficient of discharge Cd, coefficient of velocity Cv CO1-3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
and coefficient of contraction Cc for various types of orifice and
mouthpieces.
Exp
10
To verify Darcy’s law and to find out the coefficient of permeability of
the given medium.
CO1-3
Text Book :
1. Introduction to fluid mechanics and machinery by S K Som ,Gautam Biswas & Chakorbarty
Reference Book:
1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by S.C. Gupta
2. Fluid Mechanics by Pijush K. Kundu, Ira M. Cohen and David R. Dowling kohen
3. Fluid mechanics by Frank M. White
Modes of Evaluation: continuous evaluation system
Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.
Experiment Evaluation - 50%
viva voce / Quiz - 50%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O 2
CO1 3 2 - - - - 1 2
CO2 3 2 - - 1 1 2
CO3 2 3 1 2
Aveg 3 2 1 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 2101 Material Testing lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of mechanics of materials and material science
Co-requisites
Course Objectives
1. Exposure on experimental methods to determine the various mechanical properties of
engineering materials.
2. Exposure on experimental methods for characterization of various ferrous and nonferrous
materials.
3. To gain experience to advanced computerized machines in material testing and material
science lab.
Course Outcomes
CO1
To understand the microstructure of different metals and alloys using Optical
Microscope.
CO2 Determine the tensile strength, shear strength and compressive strength of given test
specimens using Universal Testing Machine.
CO3 Determine by experiment the hardness of the test specimen using Rockwell and Brinell
hardness tests.
CO4 Determine the impact strength of given specimens using Izod and Charpy impact test
methods.
CO5 Evaluate the spring constant and modulus of rigidity for mild steel compression spring
using Spring testing machine.
CO6 Demonstrate ability to work as an effective member of a team or leader
CO7 Make use of professional ethics to carry out laboratory work.
Catalog Description
This lab deals with the testing of various engineering materials under various loadings. Basic
tests like tension, compression, shear, torsion, impact are done to establish the mechanical
properties. Other tests include spring test and hardness tests on different machines. The main
goal is to understand the behavior of materials and the failure criterions. The second phase of the
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
lab is focused on material characterization. Various ferrous and non-ferrous materials will be
taken to experiment on microstructure.
List of Experiments
Sl.
No. Experiment
Course Outcome
Addressed
1 To find the hardness of the given specimen using Rockwell Hardness
Machine
CO3
CO6
CO7
2 To find the hardness of the given specimen using Brinell Hardness
Machine
CO3
CO6
CO7
3 To find the Spring Constant and Modulus of Rigidity of a given
spring using Spring Testing Machine.
CO5
CO6
CO7
4 To conduct the Tensile test on a UTM and determine Ultimate
Tensile Stress and percentage elongation for a steel specimen
CO2
CO6
CO7
5 To Conduct the Izod Impact test on Impact testing machine and find
the impact strength and modulus of rupture of a given specimen.
CO4
CO6
CO7
6 To conduct the Charpy Impact test on Impact testing machine and
find the Impact strength of a given specimen.
CO4
CO6
CO7
7 To analyze the performance of given specimen by shear test on
UTM.
CO2
CO6
CO7
8 To conduct the compression test on a UTM and determine the
ultimate compressive strength for a given specimen (C.I, Brick,
wooden)
CO2
CO6
CO7
9 To prepare sample and observe microstructure of given specimens
using optical microscope
CO1
CO6
CO7
Text Books / Reference Books
1. An Introduction to Materials Engineering and Science by Brain S. Mitchel
2. Material Science and Engineering Hand Book by James F Shackelford
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
3. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials by Thomas Courteny
4. Strength of Materials by U C Jindal
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Lab will run in continuous evaluation mode
Experiment evaluation 50%
Viva-Voice/Test 50%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
02
PS
O3
CO1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 3 2
CO2 2 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 2 2 - 3 3
CO3 2 - 1 - 2 2 1 - - - 2 1 - 3 3
CO4 1 - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 2 1 - 3 3
CO5 3 - 1 - 2 - - - - 1 2 1 - 3 3
CO6 - - - - - - - 3 3 - - - - - -
CO7 - - - - - - - 3 3 - - - - - -
1 = Weakly mapped, 2 = Moderately mapped, 3 = Strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 3019 Theory of Machines L T P C
Version 3.0 3 1 2 5
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of laws of Physics.
b. Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.
c. Basic knowledge of Engineering Mechanics.
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students to understand the basic concepts of mechanisms and machines in the
broader context of engineering and use of mechanisms to transmit motion and power.
2. To enable the students to understand the basic concept of friction and its application in
different engineering problems.
3. To empower the students with the expertise of theoretical and practical knowledge of
Gyroscope, Governors and Balancing and their application in industry.
4. To enable the students to apply the knowledge of link motion to solve different
engineering problems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of different mechanisms and drives.
CO2. Apply the concepts of position, velocity and acceleration analyses for various
mechanisms.
CO3. Analyze problems related to kinematic behaviour and dynamic behaviour of drives,
mechanisms and machines.
CO4. Evaluate the characteristics of various drives.
Catalog Description
Mechanisms and Machines have considerable fascination for most students of engineering as the
theoretical principles involved have immediate applications to practical problems. The main
objective of this course is to give a clear understanding of the concepts underlying engineering
design. The course involves the kinematics and dynamics of machines. The focus is to empower
the students with the theoretical and practical knowledge of mechanisms and machines to enable
them to solve complex engineering problems.
Course Content
Unit I: Introduction of Mechanisms and Machines 7 lecture hours
Concepts of Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Planar and Spatial
Mechanisms, Kinematic Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Diagrams, Kinematic Inversion,
Four bar chain and Slider Crank Mechanisms and their Inversions, Degrees of Freedom,
Mobility and range of movement - Kutzbach and Grubler’s criterion, Number Synthesis,
Grashof’s criterion
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: Synthesis And Analysis Of Mechanisms 7 lecture hours
Position analysis (Analytical Techniques): Loop closure (Vector Loop) representation of
linkages, Position analysis of Four bar, slider crank and inverted slider crank mechanisms,
Coupler curves, Toggle and Limit Position, Transmission angle, Mechanical Advantage.
Dimensional Synthesis: Definitions of Type, Number and Dimensional Synthesis, Definitions
ofMotion, Path and Function generation, precision position, Chebychev spacing, structural error,
Freudenstein’s equation, two and three position synthesis (function generation only) of four bar
and slider crank mechanisms by graphical and analytical methods. Velocity and Acceleration
Analysis: Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Rubbing
Velocity, Velocity and Acceleration Images, Corioli’s component of acceleration. Special
Mechanisms: Straight line mechanism, Indicator diagrams, Hooke’s Joint, Steering Mechanisms.
Unit III: Gears and Gear Trains 8 lecture hours
Gears: Terminology, Law of Gearing, Characteristics of involute and cycloidal action,
Interference and undercutting, centre distance variation, minimum number of teeth, contact ratio,
spur, helical, spiral bevel and worm gears, problems. Gear Trains: Synthesis of Simple,
compound & reverted gear trains, Analysis of epicyclic gear trains.
Unit IV: Cams and Followers 6 lecture hours
Introduction: Classification of cams and followers, nomenclature, displacement diagrams of
follower motion, kinematic coefficients of follower motion. Synthesis and Analysis: Determine
of basic dimensions and synthesis of cam profiles using graphical methods, cams with specified
contours.
Unit V: Static & Dynamic Force Analysis 4 lecture hours
Constraints and applied force, equilibrium of two and three force members ,equilibrium of four
force members, Force convention, free body diagram, superposition, principles of superposition,
Principle of virtual work, friction in mechanisms
Unit VI: Dynamic Force Analysis 4 lecture hours
D’alembert Principle, equivalent force inertia force, dynamic analysis of four link mechanism,
dynamic analysis of slider crank mechanism, velocity and acceleration of a piston, dynamically
equivalent system, inertia of connecting rod.
Unit VII: Balancing of Machines 4 lecture hours Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of several masses in different plane, force balancing of
linkages, secondary balancing, Balancing of in-line Engines, Balancing of V-Engines, Balancing
Machines.
Unit VII: Gyroscope 4 lecture hours Angular velocity, angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects and Torque (COUPLE), Gyroscopic
effect on Aero planes, Gyroscopic effect on Naval Ships, Stability of an Automobile, Stability of
a two-wheel Vehicle. Rigid disc at an angle fixed to a rotating shaft.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Text Books
1. Rattan, S. S. (2014) “Theory of Machines” Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-93-5134-347-9, 93-5134-347-2
Reference Books
1. Uicker, J. J., Pennock, G. R. and Shigley, J. E. (2016) “Theory of Machines &
Mechanisms” Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN 0190264489,
9780190264482
2. Bevan, T. (2010) “The Theory of Machines” Third Edition, Pearson Education Limited,
ISBN 978-81-317-2965-6.
3. Myszka, D. H. (2012) “Machines and Mechanisms: Applied Kinematic Analysis” Fourth
Edition, Pearson Education International, ISBN 0132729733, 9780132729734
4. Martin, G. H. (2002) “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines” Second Edition,
Waveland Press Inc., ISBN 1-57766-250-4, 978-1-57766-250-1.
5. Norton, R. L. (2009) “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery” SIE, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-0-07-014480-4, 0-07-014480-X.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Theory of Machines Lab
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 3 1 1 1 2
CO
2
3 3 1 1 1 2
CO
3
3 3 1 1 1 2
CO
4
3 3 1 1 1 2
Ave
rag
e
3 3 1 1 1 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
List of Experiments
1. To plot the follower displacement vs. angle of cam rotation curves for different cam-follower
pairs
2. To study the effect of follower weight, spring compression and cam speed on follower bounce
3. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input
torque, holding torque and output torque
4. To determine the Coriolis component of acceleration of a slider crank mechanism
5. To calculate the gyroscopic couple of a rotating disc
6. To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a simple rotating mass system
7. To study the working of a Watt governor
8. To study the effect of varying the mass of central sleeve for Porter and Proell governors
9. To study the effect of varying initial spring compression for Hartnell governor
10. To find out the natural frequencies of a free-free beam by modal analysis
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems L T P C
Version 1.0 4 0 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Microprocessor & Microcontroller.
Basic Knowledge of Programming Skills
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of embedded technology
in the broader context of engineering sciences in general, and electronics engineering in
particular
2. To enable students to understand design of embedded systems and apply laws of designing
hardware
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the
fundamental concepts that is required to design a complete embedded system.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around
electronics
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Define the basics of embedded electronics and identify the role of microprocessor in
controlling operations of engine management system.
CO2. Identify the basic elements and function of 8085 microprocessor which includes its
architecture, pin configuration and timing diagram and programming techniques.
CO3. Interface various input and output devices with 8085 microprocessor.
CO4. Summarize the basic elements of microcontrollers which include architecture and pin
configuration.
CO5. Analyze the basic environment of real-time operating system with respect to embedded
systems.
CO6. Interpret various buses used in networked embedded systems.
Catalog Description
Electronics system is the most important subject to understand the concept of hardware and
software designing. In this course, focus will be on understanding the design of embedded
system and its applications. Students will learn the latest and advanced microprocessors used in
industries and try to incorporate in their minor and major projects. Classroom activities will be
designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge
and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will combine traditional lectures with other
active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving problems,
analysis of video scenes and debates. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this course.
Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to give an oral group
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
presentation. Students will be expected to interact with media resources, such as- web sites,
videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc.
Course Content
UNIT I Introduction to Embedded Systems
Classification of Embedded Systems, Characterization and requirements
UNIT II Timing and Clocks in Embedded Systems
Task Modelling and Management, Real time operating system issues
UNIT III Signals
Frequency Spectrum and sampling, Digitization (ADC, DAC), Signal conditioning
Unit IV: Modelling and characterization of embedded computation System
Embedded Control and control Hierarchy, Communication Strategies for Embedded Systems,
Encoding and flow control
Unit V: Fault - Tolerance
Formal Verification
Text Books
1. Frank Vahid/ Tony Givargis, Embedded system design, A unified hardware / software
introduction (2002), Wiley publication. ISBN: 978-81-265-0837-2
Reference Books
1. Jean J. Labrosse, MicroC/OS-II The real time Kernel (2006), CMP Books. ISBN: 1-
57820-103-9
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Embedded Systems Lab
List of Experiments
1. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for performing basic arithmetic operations:
addition, subtraction, multiplication and division on Keil.
2. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for moving block of data stored in one memory
location to other on Keil.
3. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for finding the largest and the smallest number
in an array on Keil.
4. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for generating square wave with frequency 50
kHz using delay subroutine and timers (Mode 1 and Mode 2).
5. To write 8051 Assembly and C program for counter 1 mode 2 displaying counter value
on port P3.
6. To write 8051 Assembly and C program to transfer data serially at a baud rate of 9600
(development board).
7. To write 8051 Assembly and C program to monitor a switch at P3.1 and if it is set, blink
LEDs connected at P2 for 5 sec (development board).
8. To write 8051 Assembly/ C program to interface seven segment with 8051 or PIC
microcontroller (development board).
9. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface Hex keypad with 8051 or PIC
microcontroller (development board).
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO
1
3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 - - 3 3 3
CO
2
3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3
CO
3
3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 3
CO
4
2 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 - - 2 2 2
CO
5
3 1 2 2 3 - - - 3 - - 2 1 2
CO
6
3 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 3
Avg
.
2.8
3
2 2.6
6
2.3
3
2.4 2.5 2.5 2.33 2.33
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
10. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface IR sensors and ultrasonic sensors with
8051 or PIC microcontroller (development board).
11. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface LCD with 8051 or PIC microcontroller
(development board).
12. To write 8051 Assembly/C program to interface ADC with 8051 or PIC microcontroller
(development board).
13. Interface 16X2 LCD with ARM.
14. To design traffic light controller with ARM.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 3001 Design of machine elements L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics, Basic
knowledge of Engineering Mechanics & Strength of
materials.
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of Machine Design in the
broader context of engineering sciences in general, and automotive engineering in
particular .
2. To enable students to understand material properties and apply the concepts of engineering
mechanics & strength of material and failure analysis of the machine elements.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the
fundamental concepts those are required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality
through design calculation and failure analysis.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around machine
design such as power transmission, safety etc. across multidisciplinary domains.
5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems
in a professional way, using commercial software packages such as ANSYS for design
analysis and presentation, numerical simulations etc.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand various aspects and considerations in design of machine elements.
CO2. Design for static load & Fluctuating load.
CO3. Design of joints and power screws
CO4. Design of various power transmission elements.
Catalog Description
Machine design occupies a prominent position in the curriculum of Mechanical Engineering. It
consists of applications of scientific principles, technical information and innovative ideas for the
development of a new or improved machine. The task of a machine designer has never been
easy, since he has to consider a number of factors, which are not always compatible with the
present-day technology. In the context of today’s technical and social climate, the designer’s task
has become increasingly difficult. Today’s designer is required to account for many factors and
considerations that are almost impossible for one individual to be thoroughly conversant with. At
the same time, he cannot afford to play a role of something like that of a music director. He must
have a special competence of his own and a reasonable knowledge of other ‘instruments’.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Content
Unit I: 10 lecture hours
Introduction to Design process, Design Morphology. General Design Considerations: tearing,
bearing, shearing, crushing, etc. Design procedure, Standards in design, Selection of preferred
sizes, Indian Standards designation of carbon & alloy steels, Mechanical behavior of materials,
selection of materials, manufacturing considerations in design. Stress considerations for variable
and repeated loads, Theory of Failures. Endurance limit, fatigue. Fits and tolerances and surface
finish, Reliability, FOS and cost effectiveness etc.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
Design of Screws, bolts and bolted joints, Welded and riveted connection, Cotters and cotter
joints, pin fasteners knuckle joints.
Power Screws
Forms of threads, multiple threads, Trapezoidal threads, Stresses in screws, Design of screw
jack.
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
Design of Shafts, keys and flexible couplings
Design of Shafts as per ASME code, Cause of failure in shafts, Materials for shaft, Stresses in
shafts, Design of shafts subjected to twisting moment, bending moment and combined twisting
and bending moments, Shafts subjected to fatigue loads, Design for rigidity
Types of keys, splines, Selection of square & flat keys, Strength of sunk key,
Couplings- rigid and flexible
Unit IV: 8 lecture hours
Spur & Helical Gear Design:
Spur Gears:- Introduction, Standard Proportions of Gear Systems, Gear Materials, various design
considerations, Beam Strength of gear teeth- Lewis Equation, tangential loading, module
Calculations, width calculations, Dynamic tooth loads, Spott’s Equation, types of gear tooth
failures, Spur Gear construction, Design of shaft for Spur Gears, Design of arms for Spur Gears.
Helical Gears:- Introduction, Terms used in Helical Gears, Face width of Helical Gear Formative
no. of teeth and minimum no. of teeth to avoid interference and undercutting, Proportion of the
Helical Gears, Strength of Helical Gears, Design of Helical Gears.
Unit V: 8 lecture hours
Bearing Selection & Design:
Rolling Contact Bearings: Types, Static and Dynamic load Capacity, Stribeck’s Equation,
Concept of equivalent load, Load life Relationship, Selection of bearing from Manufacturer’s
Catalogue, Design for variable loads and Speeds, Bearings with Probability of Survival other
than 90%, Lubrication and Mounting of bearings, oil Seals and packing used for bearings.
Hydro-static & Hydrodynamics bearing design
Text Books
1. Bhandari V.B., Design of machine elements TMH 2010.
2. Sharma P.C. and Agarwal D.K., Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
3. Design data hand book by Mahadevan
Reference Books
1. Maitra M. Gitim, Handbook of gear design, TMH 1994
2. Drago J. Remond and Butterworths, Fundamental of gear design, 1988
3. Harnoy Avraham, Bearing design in machinery- engineering tribology, CRC press 2002
4. PSG design data handbook
5. Khonsari and BooserApplied Tribology: Bearing Design and Lubrication, John Wiley
and sons
6. Mancuso, Jon R., Couplings and Joints: Design, Selection & Application, CRC Press
7. Piotrowski John, Shaft Alignment Handbook, Third Edition, 2006
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3
CO
2
3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3
CO
3
3 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3
CO
4
3 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 3
Ave
rag
e
3 2 2.2
5
2 1 1 1 1 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 3001 Robotics and Control L T P C
Version 1.0 3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Knowledge of Mechanics
b. Knowledge of Instrumentation and Control
c. Knowledge of Mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To make students understand how does a serial robot works
2. To make students learn how to design a serial robot for a given task
3. To make students understand the societal impacts of robotic technology
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the fundamentals of robotics.
CO2. Apply the mechanics of serial manipulator.
CO3. Plan the trajectory of a serial manipulator.
CO4. Design the position and force control techniques for a serial manipulator.
Catalog Description
Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,
nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and
operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.
Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many
different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and
dynamic analyses of serial robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various types of
control strategies.
Course Content
Unit I: 4 lecture hours
Introduction to robotics: Evolution of Robots and Robotics, Progressive advancement in Robots,
Robot component , Robot Anatomy, Robot Degree of Freedom, Robot Joints, Robot Co-
ordinates, Robot Reference frames, Programing Modes, Robot characteristics, Robot Workspace,
Robot Applications.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
Kinematics of robots- Position analysis: Robot as Mechanism, Conventions, Matrix
representation, Homogeneous Transformation, Representation of transformation, Inverse of
Transformation, Forward and Inverse Kinematic of Robots, Forward and Inverse kinematics
equations: position and orientation, Roll, Pitch ,Yaw Angles, Euler Angles, Articulated Joints,
Denavit Hartenberg Representation of forward kinematics, Inverse Kinematic Programming of
Robot, Degeneracy and Dexterity
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit III: 4 lecture hours
Differential motions and velocities: Differential relationship, Jacobian, Differential versus large
scale motions, Differential motions of a frame versus a Robot, Differential motion of a frame
about Reference axes, General axis, Frame, Interpretation of the differential change, Differential
Change between frames, Calculation of the Jacobian, Inverse Jacobian
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
Dynamic analysis of robot: Lagrangian Mechanics, Effective moment inertia, Dynamic Equation
for multiple degree of freedom robots, Static force analysis of Robots, Transformation of forces
and moments between coordinates frames
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
Trajectory planning: Path versus Trajectory, Joint space versus Cartesian space Descriptions,
Basics of trajectory Planning, Joint space trajectory, Cartesian space Trajectories, Continuous
trajectory.
Unit VI: 16 lecture hours
Control of manipulators: Open and closed loop control, Linear control schemes. Model of
manipulator joint, Joint actuator, Partitioned PD control Schemes, PID control schemes,
Computed Torque Control, Force control of Robotics Manipulators tasks, Force control strategy,
Hybrid Position/ Force control , Impedance force /Torque control.
Text Books
a. Niku Saeed B., Introduction to Robotics, John Wiley & Sons
b. Mittal R.K. and Nagrath I.J., Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Education
Reference Books
1. Saha S.K., Introduction to Robotics, McGraw Hill Education
2. Craig John J., Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, Pearson
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 3
Avera
ge
3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Program Elective I
MEPD 3010 Manufacturing Technology L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Workshop Technology &
Basic Knowledge of Mathematics.
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To impart the knowledge about principles/methods of casting with detail design of gating/riser
system needed for casting, defects in cast objects and requirements for achieving sound casting.
2. To learn the basic principles and methods utilized in the joining and welding technology of
engineering materials.
3. To learn about the design of parts, tolerances and fits.
4. To familiarize the student with tool nomenclature and cutting forces.
5. To impart knowledge on tool materials, tool life and tool wear.
6. To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining processes and machine tools.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Identify various types of manufacturing processes.
CO2. Understand principles of different manufacturing processes such as metal casting, welding,
machining etc.
CO3. Solve problems related to gating system design, metal cutting, welding process parameters,
limits, fits and tolerances.
CO4. Analyze various machining processes, machine tools, metal cutting and casting processes.
Catalog Description
Manufacturing Technology is a subject of importance for not only students of Mechanical
engineering but also for Automotive Design Engineering & Mechatronics Engineering. The
importance of the subject for the mechatronics engineer lies in the fact that whenever the student
is trying to attempt the designing of any mechatronic system, then the basic idea of the material
& manufacturing process required for the fabrication of various components should be known in
advance.
The subject of manufacturing technology is very vast and includes various types of machines
tools required to manufacture finished products which range from simple hand-held tools, lathe
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
machines, grinders, milling machines to highly versatile and complicated computerized
numerical control or CNC machines and so forth. Of course it also involves several different
techniques of manufacturing which can be a subject matter of different details discussion and
some of these include casting, forging, alloying, welding, soldering, brazing etc. Each of these
techniques has their own advantages and limitations and is a specialized field of knowledge in
their own right.
The current course covers the processes of theory of metal cutting, casting, welding and use of
various machine tools.
After studying this subject, students will get a comprehensive insight into various manufacturing
technologies that enable them to select, control and improve processes that impact productivity
and quality.
Course Content
Unit I: 5
lecture hours
Introduction to Foundry. Sequence of steps in casting. Types of patterns and allowances, types
and properties of moulding sand, Elements of mould and design consideration, Gating, Risers,
Runners and core, Solidification of casting, sand casting, defects, remedies and inspection, Die
casting and centrifugal casting, Investment casting, CO2 casting, shell moulding, continuous
casting squeeze casting. Melting furnaces.
Unit II: 7 lecture
hours
Gas welding and cutting, process and equipment, Arc welding: Power source and consumables,
TIG/MIG processes and their parameters, Resistance welding-seam, spot and projection welding
etc. , other welding processes, atomic hydrogen, submerged arc, electro slag, friction welding ,
EBW & LBW; soldering and brazing, welding of special materials- stainless steel , Al etc.,
weldability of CI, steel, SS, Al alloys.
Unit III: 8 lecture
hours
Introduction: Material removal processes, Types of machine tool-Theory of metal cutting: chip
formation, orthogonal v/s oblique cutting , cutting tool materials, tool wear, tool life, surface
finish, cutting fluids.
Unit IV: 5 lecture
hours
Shaping & Planing, turning, Drilling & related operations, Milling & miscellaneous multi point
machining operations.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit V: 10 lecture hours
Introduction; Terminology in limits & fits. Hole & shaft basis system; Different types of fits.
Interchangeability & selective assembly. Design of gauges. Measurement through comparators,
screw thread measurement, gear measurement & CMM.
Text Book
Manufacturing Technology by PN Rao, Vol.1 & Vol. 2
Reference Book
Manufacturing science by Ghosh & Mallik
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 3 1 - 2 - - - - 2 1 1
CO3 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 2 2 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 -
Avera
ge
1.7
5
1.5 1.7
5
1.3
3
1 2 1 1 1 1.5 1.25 1
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CSEG 3019 Data Structures and Algorithms L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Programming for Problem Solving
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
After studying this course, students will be able to
1. Address and solve complex broadly‐defined engineering problems related to their discipline
and
field of specialization
2. Work as team members, show leadership, and communicate technical concepts and ideas
effectively
3. Manifest a high level of professional integrity, and make ethical decisions that will have a
positive impact on the organization and society
4. Embrace and practice lifelong learning, continue personal growth, and professional self
improvement.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Formulate and apply object‐oriented programming, using C++, as a modern tool to solve
engineering problems.
CO2. Demonstrate an understanding of basic data structures (such as an array‐based list, linked
list, stack, queue, binary search tree) and algorithms.
CO3. Demonstrate the ability to analyze, design, apply and use data structures and algorithms to
solve engineering problems and evaluate their solutions.
CO4. Demonstrate an understanding of analysis of algorithms. Study an algorithm or program
code segment that contains iterative constructs and analyze the asymptotic time complexity of
the algorithm or code segment.
Catalog Description
Data structures include: arrays, linked lists, binary trees, heaps, and hash tables. Students
develop knowledge of applications of data structures including the ability to implement
algorithms for the creation, insertion, deletion, searching, and sorting of each data structure.
Course Content
UNIT I: 2 lectures
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Data Types. Abstraction. Data abstraction and Abstract Data Types (ADTs). Review of C++
classes
UNIT II: 5 lectures
Friend functions. Operator overloading. Exception handling. Memory allocation and
deallocation. bad_alloc exception. Encapsulation. Inheritance. Polymorphism. Virtual functions.
Templates. Function and class templates. Programming using class and function
templates. Standard Template Library (STL). Components of STL.
UNIT III: 5 lectures
Basic data structures. Arrays. Static arrays and Dynamic arrays. Explore how a generic Vector
container is used to manipulate data. List ADT. Implementation using arrays (static and
dynamic). Basic operations on a List, Linked-List. Singly linked-lists. Implementation using
pointers. Basic Operations
UNIT IV: 8 lectures
Stacks and Queues. Behavior of a Stack. Basic operations on a Stack. Array-based stacks.
Linked-list based implementation. Expression evaluation using a stack. Queues. Behavior of a
queue. Basic queue operations Study implementations using an array and a linked-list.
UNIT V: 8 lectures
Tree data structure. Binary and nonbinary trees. Structure of a binary tree. Definitions and
properties. Traversing a binary tree. Study binary tree implementation, Binary Search Tree
(BST). Organizing data in a BST. Inserting and deleting items in a BST. Traversing a BST. Non-
binary (General) tree. General tree traversal.
UNIT VI: 10 lectures
Algorithm analysis. What to analyze. Analysis techniques. Efficiency of algorithms. Comparing
efficiency of various algorithms, Searching and Hashing algorithms. Search algorithms –
Sequential Search, Ordered lists, binary search. Searching using Hashing. Hash tables. Hash
functions. Some examples of hash functions. Collision resolution. Sorting algorithms. Sorting an
array of elements. Study various algorithms and their efficiency.
Text Books
a. Weiss, Mark A. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++. 4th Edition.
Reference Books
a. Malik, D S. Data Structures in C++, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 - - - 2 3
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 4006 Analog & Digital Communication L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure Analog & Digital Electronics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic structures and fundamental principles of analog and digital
communication systems
2. To learn the commonly used techniques of modulation, bandwidth and power associated with
it.
3. To understand the concepts and working of MODEM
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Analyse the Essence of Amplitude Modulation Techniques.
CO2. Analyse the Essence of Frequency Modulation Techniques.
CO3. Analyse and Utility of Different Digital Transmission and Line Coding.
CO4. Design aspect and working feasibility of Digital MODEM.
Catalog Description
In this course, students receive an introduction to the principles, performance and applications of
electronic communication systems. The primary course goal of the course is the understanding
the concepts and application of analog and digital modulation techniques. Students would
examine various types of amplitude modulation/demodulation systems, angular
modulation/demodulation systems and digital modulation/demodulation systems with their
specific applications. The course also covers the sub-topics such as sampling, quantization and
various types of line encoding. Emphasis would be given on the power and the bandwidth
analysis of all techniques.
Course Content
Unit I: 9 lecture hours
Amplitude modulation: Introduction, Amplitude modulation, Double Sideband-Suppressed
Carrier modulation, Quadrature-Carrier Multiplexing, Single-Sideband and Vestigial-Sideband
Methods of modulation, VSB Transmission of Analog and Digital Television, Frequency
Translation, Frequency- Division Multiplexing.
Unit II: 9 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Phase and frequency modulation: Introduction, Basic Definitions, Frequency Modulation, Phase-
Locked Loop, FM transmitter and receiver, Nonlinear Effects in FM Systems, The Super-
heterodyne Receiver.
Noise in Analog Modulation: Introduction, Receiver Model, Noise Temperature, Noise
Bandwidth, Niose figure, Noise Figure of Cascade. Figure of Merit of AM and FM
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
Digital modulation: Introduction, Digitization of Analog Sources, The Sampling Process, Pulse-
Amplitude Modulation, Pulse- Position Modulation, Pulse Width Modulation, Time-Division
Multiplexing, The Quantization Process, Pulse-Code Modulation, Delta Modulation. SQR of
PCM and DM
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
Band pass transmission of digital signals: Fundamentals of Binary ASK, PSK and FSK,
generation and detection of BASK, BPSK and BFSK; Fundamentals of QPSK and DPSK,
generation and detection of QPSK and DPSK, generation and detection of QPSK and DPSK,
Error Probability of Various digital modulation Technique.
Text Books
1. Taub, Schilling, Guha (2013) Principle of Communication Systems. McGraw Hill
Publication. ISBN: 9781259029851.
2. Chittode J.S. (2014) Analog & Digital Communication, Technical Publications India,
ISBN: 9788184311181.
Reference Books
1. Tomasi W. (2010) electronic Communication Systems: Fundamentals through Advanced,
Pearson India. ISBN: 978813171934.
2. Coolen R.E. (2006) Electronic Communication. McGraw Hill Publication. ISBN:
9780471647355.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 - - - 2 3
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 3019 Theory of Machines Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
To develop a solution oriented approach by in depth knowledge of Theory of Machines
To address the underlying concepts, methods and application of different machines
Course Outcomes
CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of different mechanisms and drives.
CO2. Analyze the kinematic behaviour and dynamic behaviour of drives, mechanisms and
machines.
CO3. Evaluate the performance characteristics of various drives.
Catalog Description
Mechanisms and Machines have considerable fascination for most students of engineering as the
theoretical principles involved have immediate applications to practical problems. The main
objective of this course is to give a clear understanding of the concepts underlying engineering
design. The course involves the kinematics and dynamics of machines. The focus is to empower
the students with the practical knowledge of mechanisms and machines. This course will help
students understand and appreciate how the mechanisms function to yield desired outputs.
List of Experiments
1. To plot the follower displacement vs. angle of cam rotation curves for different cam-follower
pairs
2. To study the effect of follower weight, spring compression and cam speed on follower bounce
3. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input
torque, holding torque and output torque
4. To determine the Coriolis component of acceleration of a slider crank mechanism
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
5. To calculate the gyroscopic couple of a rotating disc
6. To study the internal type epicyclic gear train and measure the epicyclic gear ratio, input
torque, holding torque and output torque
7. To study the working of a Watt governor
8. To study the effect of varying the mass of central sleeve for Porter and Proell governors
9. To study the effect of varying initial spring compression for Hartnell governor
10. To perform the static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses
11. To find out the natural frequencies of a free-free beam by modal analysis
Text Books / Reference Books
1. Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan., Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms by J.Uicker, Gordon R Penstock & J.E. Shigley Oxford
International Edition.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.
Day to day evaluation - 50%
Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%
c. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,
sincerity and behavior in the class.
d. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two
mentioned shall be converted to a grade.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 1
Avera
ge
3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 1
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 2003 Embedded Systems Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Microprocessor & Microcontroller
b. Basic Knowledge of Programming Skills
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To have knowledge about the basic working of a microcontroller system and its programming
in assembly language.
2. To provide experience to integrate hardware and software for microcontroller applications
systems.
Catalog Description
In this laboratory, the fundamentals of embedded system hardware will be explored. Students
will work on 8051 micro-controller and learn how to run basic hardware like LCD, DC motor,
LED etc.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Understand the basic input/output ports and standard operating procedure of Keil/ Flash
Magic for 8051 universal development board.
CO2. Analyze the output of basic programs using universal 8051 development board.
CO3. Interface advanced I/O modules with universal 8051 development board.
List of Experiments
Sl.
No. Experiment
Contents
Course
Outcome
Addressed
1 Experiment –
1
To interface LED with 8051 Micro controller to
display patterns such as LED ON OFF, convergence,
Divergence.
2 Experiment –
2
To interface LED with 8051 Micro controller to
display patterns such as Right Shift, Left Shift, LED
Rotate, etc.
3 Experiment –
3
To Write a Program for interfacing push-button
switches with 8051 Micro controller.
4 Experiment –
4
To Interface Seven Segment Display with 8051 Micro
controller and to display numbers from 0000 to 9999
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
5 Experiment –
5
To interface 16 X 2 LCD and to write a program to
display different Words.
6 Experiment –
6
To interface and control a Relay and buzzer using
8051Micro controller and to study its operation.
7 Experiment –
7
To interface a stepper motor with 8051Micro
controller and to rotate in clockwise and anticlockwise
direction.
8 Experiment –
8
To Interface a DC motor with 8051Micro controller
and to rotate clockwise and anti-clockwise direction.
9 Experiment –
9
To interface switch and to write a program read a
switch from a port and update LED’s.
10 Experiment –
10
To write a program for analog to digital convertor.
Text Book
1. Mazidi, M. A., Mazidi, J. G., & Mckinlay, R. D. (2000). The 8051 microcontroller and
embedded systems. New Delhi.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.
Day to day evaluation - 50%
Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%
a. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,
sincerity and behavior in the class.
b. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two
mentioned shall be converted to a grade.
Table: Correlation of POs and PSOs v/s COs
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO8 PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
Avg. 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 3001 Robotics and Control Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
To develop a solution oriented approach by in depth knowledge of Robotics
To address the concepts, methods and application of Controls in Robotics
Course Outcomes
CO1. Understand the kinematics and dynamics of robots
CO2. Analyze the trajectory of robots to perform the required task
CO3. Apply the control techniques in the field of robotics
Catalog Description
Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,
nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and
operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.
Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many
different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and
dynamic analyses of serial robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various types of
control strategies.
List of Experiments
1. To find work volumes of serial robots: In this experiment, students will find the work
volumes of some standard robots like Cartesian, cylindrical, polar, articulated and
SCARA using softwares- MATLAB and RoboAnalyzer.
2. To perform forward kinematics of a serial robot: In this experiment, students will first
find the DH parameters of a serial robot and then verify the position of end –effector thus
obtained experimentally. Softwares to be used- MATLAB, RoboAnalyzer
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
3. To perform inverse kinematics of a serial robot: In this experiment, students will
obtain the kinematically possible joint angles for a serial robot for the given position of
end-effector using MATLAB and RoboAnalyzer.
4. To understand the concept of differential motions and velocities through Jacobians:
In this experiment, students will learn about differential motions of the joints. Here they
will be able to understand about the concepts of singularity and redundancy in robots.
Softwares to be used- MATLAB.
5. To control the joint movements of a serial robot using different linear and nonlinear
control schemes: In this experiment, students will be asked to apply control schemes-
linear control scheme, computed torque control, robust control and adaptive control
scheme for joint motion control of a serial robot. This experiment will be done in two
ways. Firstly, students will perform simulation using MATLAB and then they will
perform experimentation using hardware. During experimentation they will adjust the
control gains and check the performance of the robot.
6. To control joint movements of a serial robot using soft computing techniques: Here,
students will use soft computing techniques like fuzzy logic or neural network or genetic
algorithm for joint motion control of the serial robot. Software to be used: MATLAB.
7. To perform haptic control of a serial robot: This experiment will require some
advance hardware where students will perform experiment on haptics.
8. To perform trajectory planning of robotic arm using continuous path and point-to-
point trajectory planning methods: This experiment will be done in two stages. In the
first stage, students will perform this experiment using MATLAB. They will check the
performance of the robot using different types of trajectories. In the second stage, they
will perform experiment on an actual hardware.
9. To prepare an analytical and a working model of a serial robotic arm having two or
more degrees of freedom: In this experiment, students will be asked to prepare an
analytical model of a serial robot. They will analyze this model using MATLAB. Here,
they will perform all the above experiments for the robot they have modelled. After this,
students will repeat the same activity on the actual hardware prepared by them. This
experiment will continue besides other experiments as preparation of hardware is
involved. The duration of completion will be the whole semester.
10. To perform pick and place operations through variable programmed motions using
either programming concepts or through teach pendant: This can be done on actual
hardware. For this new hardware may be required.
11. To understand the role of AI in working of serial robots*
12. To understand the use of machine vision in robotics*
*These experiments can be included only for advanced robotics in future. Proper hardware will
be required. At present, MATLAB toolboxes can be used.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Text Books / Reference Books
1. Introduction to Robotics by S.K. Saha., Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Robotics and Control by Mittal and Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.
Day to day evaluation - 50%
Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%
c. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,
sincerity and behavior in the class.
d. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two
mentioned shall be converted to a grade.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
Avera
ge
3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
PROJ 3110 Minor Project -1 L T P C
Version 1.0 1 0 0 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Co-requisites
Course Objectives:
This assignment aims for developing the solving ability in students. The objectives of the
project are to explore, formularize, conceptualization of idea floated by him and / or
faculty and finally do the results analysis with conclusion and future scope. The project
should be carried out at University. In case the project requires outside support/dwelling
in any R&D Organization / Industry, a prior permission regarding the same must be
obtained from the concern authority of the university. The project is divided into both the
semesters and termed as Project I and Project II.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Explain the proposed topic and idea
CO2: Explain the objectives of the projects
CO3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives
CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects
CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report
CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills
Catalog Description
Project 1: In this part, the student should develop the project by defining the objectives,
literature review and making detailed methodology. At the end of the semester, the student is
expected to submit a report containing objectives literature status, and proposed solution
(annexure I-IV).
Project 2: This will normally be in continuation of Project I. The student is expected to work on
the objective in depth and come out with specific conclusions. The Final Report will be
evaluated as per the rubrics (refer annexure- V to VIII).
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components MID END Total
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Mentor
Evaluation
Panel
Evaluation
Mentor
Evaluation
Panel
Evaluation 100 %
Weightage 25% 25% 25% 25%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 - 1
CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - -
CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -
Average 1.3 2.3 1 1.5 1 1 1 3 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.3 1 1
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 3028 Program Logic Controller & HMI L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 3 4.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic electronics and electrical
Co-requisites
Course Objectives
1. To recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC control, conceptualizing
solutions to those problems,
2. Use modern programming software to develop, enter, and debug programs to solve above
problems
3. To install PLC units, interface them with I/O channels and standard data networks
4. To troubleshoot I/O and networking problems to produce functional control systems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Explain different PLC and its application in automation Industry.
CO2. Formulate ladder logic programming technique for PLC.
CO3. Analyze concepts Data Acquisition system and its importance.
CO4. Design a simple process control of automation industry.
CO5. Design different sequential control system using PLC.
Catalog Description
Introduces Programmable Logic Controller programming. Includes PLC components,
architecture, execution cycle, data file type and management, variable monitoring, and basic
programming instructions.
Course Content
Unit I: 4 lecture hours
Basic of automation: Need of automation , Benefits of automation , Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC) Overview, Introduction ,PLC History ,PLC in Industrial Automation , PLC
architecture , Ladder Logic and Relays Application areas – Process industries, Buildings,
Robotics, Infrastructure, Aerospace, Railways, Automobiles, Telecom, Electrical distribution,
Medical
Unit II: 10 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PLC: Block Diagram & Principle of Working , PLC Classification based on Type and size , PLC
characteristics – CPU, Racks, Power Supply, Memory, Input & Output Modules, Application
Specific Modules, Speed of Execution, Communication, and Redundancy.
Unit III: 15 lecture hours
PLC hardware: PLC Inputs and Outputs Types , Source and Sink Concept , Description and
Function of various PLC Modules- I/O Modules and Communication Modules ,PLC Hardware
Configuration , Addressing of PLC I/O , Diagnostic Features , PLC Wiring , Interfacing with
Sensors and Actuators
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
PLC programming: Definition and Use of Bits and Words ,Introduction to PLC Programming
Languages- Ladder (LD), Instruction List (IL), Structured Text (ST), Functional Block Diagram
(FBD), Sequential function charts (SFCs) , PLC Programming Software, its installation and use
with a PC , Ladder Program Development with Software , Instruction Set in Ladder – NO, NC,
Set, Reset, Timers, Counters, Comparison, Arithmetic, Logical, Move, Drum Controller ,
Programming Examples in Ladder with simple applications , PLC Instructions ,Data Transfer
Instruction , Arithmetic Instructions , Data Comparison Instructions , Data Manipulation
Instructions ,Timer Instructions , Counter Instructions , Program Control Instructions , Pulse
Instruction , PID Instruction , Different Programming Techniques , Trouble shooting PLC.
Unit V: 9 lecture hours
HMI & SCADA: Local Operator Panels & Need for HMI , Types and Characteristics of Local
HMI operator panels , Introduction to Programming of HMI Panels , Interface between HMI
Panels and PLC , Functions of HMI and SCADA , Creating static & dynamic objects with
animation , Alarm management , Real time & historical trends ,Recipe Management , Data base
Configuration , Definition of SCADA , Functional Block Diagram. , Communication between
PLC and SCADA, SCADA Applications, Communication Standards.
Text Books
1. Kevin Collins, PLC Programming for Industrial Automation, by
2. Starr Brian, Basics of Industrial Automation, by Brian Starr
3. Fiset Yves, Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications
Reference Books
3. Hackworth John R., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and
Applications
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
1 1 3 3 3 2 3 1
CO
2
1 1 3 3 3 1
CO
3
2 1 3 3 3 1
CO
4
2 1 3 3 3 1
CO
5
2 1 3 3 3 1
Ave
rag
e
1.6 1 3 3 3 2 3 1
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 3021 Hydraulics & Pneumatics L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 3 4.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Engineering Subject
Co-requisites Fluid Mechanics & Machinery
Course Objectives
1. Draw symbols used in hydraulic systems.
2. Operate different types of valves used in hydraulic systems
3. Classify the valves used in hydraulic systems.
4. Develop efficient hydraulic circuits.
5. Maintain the pneumatic and hydraulic system
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Describe the principles and construction of hydraulic systems
CO2. Describe the principles and construction of pneumatic systems
CO3. Explain how hydraulic systems are used for steering gears
CO4. Identify the various types of steering systems
CO5. Evaluate hydraulic systems and assign to the proper ship board applications
Catalog Description
This course provides the student with a comprehensive grounding in the basic principles;
construction and operation of hydraulic and pneumatic equipment as used in shipboard
applications such as controllable pitch propellers, mooring winches, start air systems, industrial
automation etc.
Course Content
Unit I: Introduction to fluid power 2 lecture hours
Definition & Terminology, history of fluid power, advantage of fluid power, application of fluid
power, components of fluid power, viscosity index, Pascal’s law, application of Pascal’s law,
hydroforming of metal components
Unit II: Hydraulic pump 6 lecture hours
Classification of pump, pumping theory ,pump classification, gear pump, vane pumps, piston
pump, analysis of volumetric displacement, pump performances, pump noise, pump cavitation,
pump selection
Unit III: Hydraulic cylinders 6 lecture
hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Hydraulic cylinder operating features, cylinder mounting and mechanical linkages, cylinder
force, velocity, and power, special cylinders design, cylinder loading through mechanical
linkages, hydraulic cylinder cushions
Unit IV: Hydraulic motor 6 lecture hours
Limited rotation hydraulic motors, Gera motors, vane motors, piston motors, hydraulic motor
theoretical torque, power, flow rate, hydraulic motor performance, hydrostatic transmission
Unit V: Hydraulic valves 8 lecture hours
Directional control valves, check valves, pilot operated check valve, three way valve, four way
valves manually actuated valve, pilot actuated valve, solenoid actuated valves, pressure control
valves, pressure relief valves, compound pressure relief valves, pressure reducing valve,
unloading valves, sequence valve, flow control valves, needle valve, on-pressure compensated
valve, pressure compensated valve, servo valves, electrohydraulic servo valves, proportional
control valves, cartridge valve, hydraulic fuses.
Unit VI: Hydraulic circuit design and analysis 10 lecture hours
Definition of hydraulic circuit, single acting & double acting hydraulic cylinder circuit,
regenerative cylinder circuit, drilling machine application, pump unloading circuit, double pump
hydraulic system, counter valve application, hydraulic cylinder sequencing circuits, automatic
cylinder reciprocating system, locked cylinder using pilot check valves, cylinder synchronizing
circuits, fail safe circuit, speed control of a hydraulic cylinder, speed control of a hydraulic motor
,accumulators
Unit VII: Preparation and components 5 lecture hours Compressed air, properties of air, absolute pressure and temperature, compressors, piston
compressors, screw compressors, vane compressors, rating of compressors, air filters, air
pressure regulators, air lubricators, pneumatic pressure indicators, pneumatic cylinders, Air
control valves, check valves, shuttle valve, two way & three way , four way directional control
valve, flow control valve, pneumatic actuators, pneumatic cylinders, pneumatic rotary actuators,
rotary air motors
Unit VIII: Pneumatics: circuit and applications 5 lecture hours Pneumatic circuit design ,air pressur losses in pipes,basic pneumatic circuit, operation of single
acting cylinder, operation of double acting cylinder,two step speed control system,control of air
motor,materials handling application,sizingof gas loaded accumulators
Text Books
1. Esposito Anthony, Fluid power system
Reference Books
1. Parr Andrew, Hydraulic & Pneumatics
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 2
CO
2
3 2 2
CO
3
3 2 2 3
CO
4
3 3 3 3
CO
5
3 3 3
Ave
rag
e
3 2 2 2 3 3 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
HUMN 3010 Social Internship
L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 1 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of Basic English
Co-requisites Knowledge of Basic Computer Skills
A. COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To familiarise the students on the concept ‘giving back to the society’.
2. To familiarize the students on the issues faced by marginalized communities.
3. To provide an experiential platform to the students on any one or two issues as an
internship.
B. COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: To understand the concept of social responsibility through an internship.
CO2: To acquire hands on experience in ‘giving back to the society’ using creative technology
through an internship.
C. CATALOG DESCRIPTION
Along with Intelligent Quotient, it is important for students to enhance their Emotional Quotient
as well. The Social Internship offers opportunity to the student to be empathetic towards social
issues facing our society. To help and support the affected community / cause through a field
internship is the essence of the course in ‘giving back to the society’.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
D. COURSE CONTENT
Unit I: 4 Hours
Introduction to the course. A brief on social issues facing the society with both global and Indian
examples.
Unit II: 4 Hours
10 hours of field work on a social issue and helping the marginalized / affected community /
cause with photographs and testimonies.
Discussion Questions
Unit III: 4 Hours
Submission of individual reflection on the social service rendered. Major Assignment -Final
Report Submission.
Plan of Work
1. Reading on social issues facing the society with both global and Indian examples.
2. Selecting an issue where the student wishes to contribute and wants to make a difference.
Areas - The internship may be broadly completed by getting in touch with NGO in your city /
town / Police / Municipal Corporation / Local Gram Pradhan / Medical Officer of Government
Hospital / State Health Department / Women & Child Development Centre / Secretary of your
residential society / Your University CSR Department / CSR departments of Corporates / Your
alma mater school / Old Age Home / Orphanage / Literacy Drive / Aanganwadi Centres / etc.
Few examples at Dehradun city on potential internships are given below. Similar could be
explored in your city / town of residence.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Working in collaboration with “Bhojan Mata” and support the teachers in the remote
rural areas for better quality education (workshops, remedial classes for subjects, winter
special classes on art, Awareness on Digital India, Training on computers, crafts, etc..)
Support the police in actively participating in the new initiative launched by ADG-Traffic
(Mr. Kewal Khurana) in providing assistance to reduce the traffic congestion in the city
with additional support from students (9 to 12th) from different schools).
Support the health drive initiated by the State Health department, wherein the doctors
from Government hospitals/clinic are on a mission to provide MMR vaccination to
students from class 5 to 12. Our students can provide them with administrative &
operational support in carrying out the activity successfully.
Work on the Swaach Bharat mission by supporting M.A.D (a society working on
environmental & Hygiene Issues).
The students can approach people like Dr. Anil Joshi (Social activist & Director HESCO)
in village shuklapur who is working on Rural development and creating an awareness on
environmental issues alongside generating self-employment for people living in nearby
villages (e.g, Thakurpur, Premnagar, Selaqui, Rajawala etc. ) or even remote hill areas of
state of Uttarakhand.
Skills development is One of the most happening initiative from GoI, spread awareness in
the remote hill areas (specially in areas like tourism related opportunities, Organic
farming etc.) they can visit the farm of “The Mushroom Girl” – Ms. Divya Rawat from
Mothrowala, as she has also been awarded “Nari Shakti Samaan” by the President of
India.
Online Discussion – Through discussion, students elaborate their preferred area of work
with reference to the Global Scenario and India. Reason for choosing that area also needs and
resources of the people in their area of Social Internship and also submit the testimonials,
which include signature of the authority where students initiated their work, or the signature
of the authority in whose area students are currently working or photographs of work
(photographs must include students working).
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Final Report Submission - Submission of the Testimonials include signatures of the
authorities you have worked with, or the signature of the authority in whose area you have
worked or photographs of your work (photographs must include you working).
Students’ accomplishment in their area of operation along with the major successes student
experienced and major challenges faced.
Students will submit the complete elaborated report along with testimonials and
completion certificate in the form of signed Template
The registration for all students will open twice, during winter and summer breaks. They
may enroll for the internship in either of the two breaks.
The student will have to submit a continuous record of their 10 to 15 days internship in
the form of photographs and testimonies (wherever required).
The Blackboard will provide submission modules on each of the 10 to 15 days internship done
by the student.
Mode and Scheme of Online Evaluation:
Modes of Evaluation: Online – Quiz / Assignment / Discussions / Case Studies
Examination Scheme:
Components MSE
(Discussion Questions +
Initiating Internship
Template)
MSE III
(Detailed Assignment – Report
Submission + Testimonials
Photograps/Videos)
Student Experience Sharing
Video
ESE
Weightage (%) 30% 70% 100%
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO/P
O
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - 1 - - -
Aver
age - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - 2 - - -
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped mechanic
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
HUMN 3011 Presentation Skills L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Presentation Skills help the students develop the ability to understand the importance of Public-
Speaking. It enables the student to communicate with clarity and precision at workplace. Helps
them understand the importance of their own voice modulation, their ability to connect with an
audience and the need to have an eye contact with the audience. It enables the students towards
understanding body language and the power of involving the audience while giving
presentations. It infuses the student with confidence and thought processing abilities. The student
also is guided to use pronunciation and grammar techniques.
Course Details
o Unit 1: Connect First – deals with Public Speaking
o Unit 2: Weak Language – deals with the redundancy of filler words
o Unit 3: Strong Language – how to use memorable words that evoke emotion
o Unit 4: Voice Modulation- teaches the importance of talking at various speed
or even in low tones
o Unit 5: Teaches the use of body language
o Unit 6: The power of stories and the ability to build a communication bridge
o Unit 7: Deals with engaging the audience
o Unit 8: Importance of opening lines
o Unit 9: Takes care of closing lines
o Unit 10: How to ask better questions
o Unit11: How to tackle a problem with an action point with the usage of voice,
space and body language
o Unit 12: Encapsulation and presentation of what all they have learnt.
Evaluation
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Continuous Evaluation to be followed on the lines of Tests and Assignments as prescribed in the
course.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 2 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Manufacturing Technology and
Engineering Mathematics especially matrices operations
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students understand the role of computers in design and manufacturing
technology in the broader context of engineering sciences.
2. To enable students to understand metal forming characteristics and apply basic mathematical
tools for analytical solution of manufacturing problems.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, prototyping and the fundamental
concepts that are required to ensure best quality products with minimum time.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around
computational and automation techniques across multidisciplinary domains.
5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in
a professional way, using commercial software packages for part and assembly design, FEA
analysis etc.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the concepts of CAD/CAM
CO2. Select appropriate algorithms for various geometric entities
CO3. Apply transformations on geometric entities for suitable CAD operations..
CO4. Apply CAM knowledge for product development
CO5. Apply CNC part programming knowledge
Catalog Description
CAD is the use of computer technology for design and design documentation. CAD/CAM
applications are used to both design a product and programme manufacturing processes,
specifically, CNC machining. CAM software uses the models and assemblies created in CAD
software to generate tool paths that drive the machines that turn the designs into physical parts.
CAD/CAM software is most often used for machining of prototypes and finished parts.
CAD/CAM is extensively used to increase productivity of the designer, improve quality of the
design, improve communications, create a manufacturing database, create and test toolpaths and
optimize them, help in production scheduling and MRP models and thus, having effective shop
floor control.
Course Content
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit 1: 2 lecture hours
Introduction CAD
Introduction to CAD/CAED/CAE, Elements of CAD, Essential requirements of CAD,
Introduction of CAD/CAM, Concepts of integrated CAD/CAM, Necessity & its importance,
Engineering Applications.
Unit 2: 10 lecture hours
Computer graphics-I CAD/CAM systems, Graphics Input devices-cursor control Devices, Digitizers, Image scanner,
Speech control devices and Touch, panels, Graphics display, devices-Cathode Ray Tube,
Random & Raster scan display, Direct View Storage Tubes, Flat Panel display,
Computer graphics-II
Graphics standards, Graphics Software, Software Configuration, Graphics Functions, Output
primitives- Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm and Bresenham’s circle generating algorithm
Geometric Transformations: World/device Coordinate Representation, Windowing and clipping,
2 D Geometric transformations-Translation, Scaling, Shearing, Rotation & Reflection Matrix
representation, Composite transformation, 3 D transformations, multiple transformation
Unit 3: 8 lecture hours
Finite element method:
Introduction, Principles of Finite elements modeling, Stiffness matrix/displacement matrix,
Stiffness matrix for spring system, bar & beam elements, bar elements in 2D space (truss
element)
Unit 4: 8 lecture hours
Introduction to CAM
The influence of computers on manufacturing environment, Programmable Automation,
Automation and CAM. the product cycle & CAD/CAM, the common database as linkage to
various computerized applications. Product engineering, Benefits of CAD/CAM, Concurrent
engineering.
Unit 5: 8 lecture hours
Numerical control
Introduction to Numerical Control, Basic components of an NC system, the NC procedure, NC
coordinate systems, NC motion control systems, applications of Numerical Control, Introduction
to Computer Control in NC, problems with conventional NC, Computer Numerical Control,
Direct Numerical Control, Combined DNC/CNC system, Adaptive control machining system.
Unit 6:
CNC part programming
Introduction to NC Part Programming, Manual part programming, Computer assisted part
programming, the APT (Automatically Programming Tool) language, MACRO statement in
APT.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Text Books
1. Hearn and Baker, Computer graphics, Pearson
2. Groovers, CAD/CAM, Prentice Hall
3. Rao P.N., CAD/CAM, Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Books
1. Martin, S.J., NC Machine Tools
2. Radhakrishnan, Subramanyam and Raju CAD/CAM
3. Chang, Wysk and Wang, Computer Aided Manufacturing Chang, Prentice Hall of India
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
2 2
CO
2
2 2 3
CO
3
2 2 3 3 3
CO
4
2 2 3 3
CO
5
2 2 3 3
Ave
rag
e
2 2 3 3 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Program Elective II
MECH 3015 Heat Transfer L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of Thermodynamics
b. Basic knowledge of Engineering Mathematics
(Differential Equation)
c. Basic Knowledge of Fluid Mechanics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the students to understand the fundamentals and relevance of heat transfer processes
in the broader context of engineering sciences
2. To be able to use the laws of heat transfer to estimate the potential for thermo-mechanical
energy conversion in industrial and other sectors.
3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation, simulation and the fundamental
concepts that is required to translate a novel engineering idea to reality through heat transfer
mechanisms and processes.
4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in regard to heat energy
interactions.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the fundamentals of conduction, convection and radiation.
CO2. Solve Engineering problems related to conduction, convection and radiation.
CO3. Evaluate heat loss/gain in Engineering applications.
CO4. Design heat transfer systems for industrial applications.
Catalog Description
Heat transfer is a process by which internal energy from one substance transfers to another
substance. An understanding of heat transfer is crucial to analyzing a thermodynamic process,
such as those that take place in heat engines and heat pumps. Heat (or thermal) energy is energy
in the form of the vibration and motion of the molecules in a substance. The highly
multidisciplinary nature of the subject can be gauged from the fact that it is taught across
multiple disciplines ranging from Mechanical, Aerospace, Civil, and Chemical to Environmental
Engineering. The current course covers the fundamentals of heat energy interactions, heat
transfer mechanisms, conduction, convection and radiation. The course begins with a description
of different kinds of heat transfer mechanisms and covers the steady and unsteady state heat
transfer mechanisms. The students will learn the fundamental laws of heat transfer and then
apply it various industrial and energy appliances that are associated with heat energy transfers.
The students will thus get an adequate exposure to heat transfer mechanisms, fins heat transfer,
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
heat exchangers and evaporators. The course provides the comprehensive concepts on the heat
transfer processes in various industrial appliances such as heat exchangers, boilers, cooling
towers, evaporators etc. The student will also learn the art of engineering approximations, and
the fundamental concepts of dimensional analysis, similitude and experimentation, that are
involved in translating a novel idea to a real-world application. Further, being a rigorous course
on problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches and
the effective use of commercial software packages to answer engineering questions.
Course Content
Unit I: 6 lecture hours
Steady state conduction: Modes and basic laws of heat transfer; significance of heat transfer;
Fourier’s equation, thermal conductivity and thermal resistance; general conduction equation in
Cartesian, cylindrical & spherical coordinates. Conduction through a plane walls and composite
walls; heat transfer between surface and surroundings, overall heat transfer coefficient;
conduction through single layer and multi-layer cylindrical and spherical walls; effect of variable
thermal conductivity and critical thickness of insulation.
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
Steady state conduction with heat generation: Steady one dimensional heat conduction with
uniform internal heat generation in plane slabs & cylinders. Steady flow heat along a rod; heat
dissipation from an infinitely long fins, a fin insulated at the tip and a fin losing heat at the tip;
fin performance – efficiency and effectiveness of fin; Fin arrays.
Unit III: 6 lecture hours
Transient (Unsteady state) heat conduction: Transient conduction in solids with infinite
thermal conductivity(lumped parameter analysis), time constant and response of a thermocouple,
Transient conduction in solids with finite thermal conduction and convective resistances;
Heisler’s charts for plane walls, cylinders and spheres, Transient heat conduction in infinite thick
solids and with given temperature distribution.
Unit IV: 6 lecture hours
Free and forced convection: Mechanism of free and forced convection; convective rate
equation; Velocity and temperature profiles in convective heat transfer; Dimensionless analysis
variables for free and forced convection, and significance of dimensionless groups; Empirical
relations for free convection from horizontal and vertical plates and spheres; Empirical relations
for free convection for past flat plates and walls, and flow inside pipes and tubes.
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
Thermal radiation: Salient features and characteristics of Radiation, Planck’s law and Stephen-
Boltzmann law for emissive power; Wein’s displacement law; Heat exchange between black
bodies- shape factor & its calculations for different geometries; Heat exchange between non-
black bodies- infinite parallel planes and infinite long concentric cylinders; Electrical network
approach for radiation heat exchange; Radiation shields.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit VI: 6 lecture hours
Condensation, boiling and heat exchangers: Condensation and its types; Laminar film
condensation on a vertical plate; Describe of boiling and boiling regimes; Heat exchangers and
their classification; Logarithmic mean temperature difference and area calculations for parallel
and counter flow heat exchangers.
Text Books
a. Cengel Y.A., Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach, Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Books
a. Incropera, Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat Transfer, John Wiley & Sons
b. Holman J.P., Heat Transfer, John Wiley & Sons
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Class Tests/
Quizzes
MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE
Weightage (%) 10 20 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1
Avera
ge
3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CSEG 2014 Computer Organization and Architecture L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Analog and Digital Electronics, Data Structures and Algorithms
Co-requisites Programming for Problem Solving
Course Objectives
After studying this course, students will develop the
1. Ability to understand basic structure of computer.
2. Ability to perform computer arithmetic operations.
3. Ability to understand control unit operations.
4. Ability to design memory organization that uses banks for different word size operations.
5. Ability to understand the concept of cache mapping techniques.
6. Ability to understand the concept of I/O organization.
7. Ability to conceptualize instruction level parallelism.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. To conceptualize the basics of organizational and architectural issues of a digital computer.
CO2. To analyze performance issues in processor and memory design of a digital computer.
CO3. To understand various data transfer techniques in digital computer.
CO4. To analyze processor performance improvement using instruction level parallelism
Catalog Description
This course on computer organization and architecture for computer science major is intended to
explain how computers are designed and how they work. Students are introduced to modern
computer principles using a typical processor. They learn how efficient memory systems are
designed to work closely with the processor, and how input/output (I/O) systems bring the
processor and memory together with a wide range of devices. The course emphasizes system-
level issues and understanding program performance, and the use of abstraction as a tool to
manage complexity.
Course Content
UNIT I: Overview of Computer Architecture & Organization: 4 lectures
Introduction of Computer Organization and Architecture. Basic organization of computer and
block level description of the functional units. Evolution of Computers, Von Neumann model.
Performance measure of Computer Architecture. Introduction to buses and connecting I/O evices
to CPU and Memory, bus structure.
UNIT II: Data Representation and Arithmetic Algorithms: 10 lectures
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Number representation: Binary Data representation, two’s complement representation and
Floating-point representation. IEEE 754 floating point number representation. Integer Data
computation: Addition, Subtraction. Multiplication: Signed multiplication, Booth’s algorithm.
Division of integers: Restoring and non-restoring division, Floating point arithmetic: Addition,
subtraction
UNIT III: Processor Organization and Architecture: 12
lectures
CPU Architecture, Register Organization, Instruction formats, basic instruction cycle. Instruction
interpretation and Sequencing. Control Unit: Soft wired (Micro-programmed) and hardwired
control unit design methods. Microinstruction sequencing and execution. Micro operations,
concepts of nano programming. Introduction to RISC and CISC archi tectures and design issues.
Case study on 8085 microprocessor: Features, architecture, pin configuration and addressing
modes.
UNIT IV: Memory Organization: 12 lectures
Introduction to Memory and Memory parameters. Classifications of primary and secondary
memories. Types of RAM and ROM, Allocation policies, Memory hierarchy and characteristics.
Cache memory: Concept, architecture (L1, L2, L3), mapping techniques. Cache Coherency,
Interleaved and Associative Memory, Virtual Memory: Concept, Segmentation and Paging, Page
replacement policies.
UNIT V: I/O Organization and Peripherals: 6
lectures
Input/output systems, I/O modules and 8089 IO processor. Types of data transfer techniques:
Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/O and DMA. Peripheral Devices: Introduction to peripheral
devices, scanner, plotter, joysticks, touch pad.
UNIT VI: Introduction to parallel processing systems: 4 lectures
Introduction to parallel processing concepts, Flynn’s classifications, pipeline processing,
instruction pipelining, pipeline stages, Pipeline hazards.
Text Books
a. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, “Computer Organization”, Fifth
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
b. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Third Edition.
c. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for
Performance”, Eighth Edition, Pearson.
d. B. Govindarajulu, “Computer Architecture and Organization: Design
e. Principles and Applications”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books
1. Dr. M. Usha, T. S. Srikanth, “Computer System Architecture and Organization”,First Edition,
Wiley- India.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
2. “Computer Organization” by ISRD Group, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Ramesh Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the
8085, Fifth Edition,Penram.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 - - - 2 3
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2 2 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPD 3009 Advanced Robotics L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Knowledge of Robotics & Control
2. Knowledge of Instrumentation and Control
3. Knowledge of Engineering Mathematics
Co-requisites Knowledge of mathematical modelling of mechanical
systems
Course Objectives
1. To make students understand how does a serial robot works
2. To make students learn how to design a serial robot for a given task
3. To make students understand the societal impacts of robotic technology
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Recognize the design issues in robotics.
CO2. Locate the phenomenon of redundancy in manipulators.
CO3. Plan the trajectory of manipulators.
CO4. Develop position and force control techniques for manipulators.
CO5. Assess the various characteristics like degeneracy, dexterity, manipulability,
manoeuvrability, compliance, etc. of robots.
Catalog Description
Robots are very powerful elements of today’s industry. They are also used in space missions,
nuclear reactors and medical field. They are capable of performing many different tasks and
operations, are accurate, and do not require common safety and comfort elements humans need.
Like humans, robots can do certain things, but not others. The subject of robotics covers many
different areas. After going through this course, students will be able to do the kinematic and
dynamic analyses of various types of robots, do the trajectory planning and learn the various
types of control strategies. Students will learn about the effect of extra degrees of freedom on the
performance of a robot. Besides that, students will learn about various robot characteristics like-
degeneracy, dexterity, compliance etc. which form an essential part during design of robots.
Course Content
Unit I: 4 lecture hours
The DH parameters: As axis placement in 3D space, Transformations in 3D, Forward kinematics
and the inverse kinematics.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
Euler’s Theorem: Chasale’s Theorem, Interpolating for general motion in space – finite screws.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit III: 4 lecture hours
Jacobian control of planar linkage: Pseudo inverse and Redundant system, Infinitesimal screws,
Jacobians for 3D manipulators Kinematics of redundant systems.
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
Parallel manipulators: Some configurations of parallel manipulators, Forward kinematics,
Inverse Kinematics, Dynamics.
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
Serial manipulators: Inverse Dynamics of serial manipulators, Forward Dynamics of serial
manipulators.
Unit VI: 16 lecture hours
Position control of manipulators: Force control of manipulators, Hybrid control strategies,
Variable structure control, Impedance control
Text Books
1. Nakamura Yoshihiko, Advanced Robotics: Redundancy and Optimization, Addison-Wesley
Publishing Company
2. Yoshikawa T., Foundation of Robotics, PHI
3. Kluwer and Merlet J.P., Parallel Robots
Reference Books
1. Saha S.K., Introduction to Robotics, McGraw Hill Education
2. Mittal R.K. and Nagrath I.J., Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Education on
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO
1
3 3 3 2 3 3
CO
2
3 3 3 2 3 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
CO
3
3 3 3 2 3 3
CO
4
3 3 3 2 3 3
CO
5
3 3 3 2 3 3
Ave
rag
e
3 3 3 2 3 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code:
ECEG3028 PLC & HMI Lab
L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic electronics and electrical
Co-requisites Electrical machines
Course Objectives
1. To recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC control, conceptualizing
solutions to those problems,
2. Use modern programming software to develop, enter, and debug programs to solve above
problems
3. To install PLC units, interface them with I/O channels and standard data networks
4. To troubleshoot I/O and networking problems to produce functional control systems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. To provide knowledge levels needed for PLC programming and interfacing.
CO2. To train the students to create ladder logic diagrams for different process control
application.
CO3. Apply PLC Timers and Counters for the control of industrial processes
CO4. Apply concepts of data acquisition system, function development for different application.
CO5. Design sequential control system logic using PLC for automation application.
Catalog Description
Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) course is especially designed to provide both
theoretical and hands-on experiences on PLCs. This one semester comprehensive course, couple
with laboratory experiments, was designed to provide students and practicing engineers with the
knowledge and confidence they might need to understand the fundamentals, working principles,
architecture, programming, and applications of PLCs. Pursuing this course and laboratory work
on PLCs and their applications would be a worthwhile experience for every graduates. One of
the key tools that are used to do the modern process control is programmable logic controllers
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
(PLCs). They are considered as a key tool to control the logical steps of an industrial process.
PLCs have acquired outstanding reputation for themselves in the field of industrial process
control. The laboratory experiments are based on Bosch Rexroth L20 PLC series and software
used are indraworks Engineering.
List of Experiments
Experiment 1
Design a PLC ladder diagram to construct an alarm system which operates as follows
If one input is on, nothing happens
If any 2 inputs are on, red light turns on
If any 3 inputs are on, an alarm sirens sound
And if all the inputs are on then the fire department is to be notified.
Experiment 2
A conveyor is supposed to have exactly 45 parts on it. You have three indicating lights to
indicate the conveyor count status: less than 45, yellow: exactly 45, green: and more than
45, red. The count of parts on the conveyor is set at 45 each morning by an actual count
of parts. There are two sensors on the conveyor, one is actuated by parts entering the
conveyor, and the other is actuated by parts leaving. Design a PLC program to carry out
this process.
Experiment 3
Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for two double acting pneumatics cylinder
using PLC. (A+ B+ A- B-).
Experiment 4
Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for double acting pneumatics cylinders
with overlapping sequence using PLC (A+ B+ B- A-).
Experiment 5
Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for three double acting pneumatics
cylinder with normal sequence using PLC. (A+ B+ C+ A- B- C-)
Experiment 6
There are 3 mixing devices on a processing line A,B,C. After the process begin mixer-A
is to start after 7 seconds elapse, next mixer-B is to start 3.6 second after A. Mixer-C is to
start 5 seconds after B. All then remain ON until a master enable switch is turned off.
Write PLC ladder diagram, timing diagram and realize the same.
Experiment 7
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Design and Implement Ladder logic algorithm for three double acting pneumatics
cylinder with overlapping sequence using PLC. (A+ B+ C+ C- B- A-).
Experiment 8
In certain process control application when the count reaches 25,
a paint spray is to run for 40 seconds. Design, construct, and test
PLC circuits for this process.
Experiment 9
A tank filling device simulator consists of 3 tanks that are equipped with signal encoders.
The tank filling device simulator is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start”. For
switching the device simulator off, the S2 pushbutton “Stop” is used. For the "Max" (full)
notifications, the signal encoders S3, S5 and S7 are used. For the "Min" (empty)
notifications, the signal encoders S4, S6 and S8 are used. The storage tanks can be
arbitrarily filled and emptied by hand. For the filling, the valves Y1, Y2 and Y3 are used.
A control is to secure that after a "Min" (empty) notification occurred, only 1 tank can be
filled. The filling of the tank continues until the corresponding "Max" (full) notification
has occurred.
a. Determine the type of the signal encoders and receivers and prepare an
assignment list.
b. Prepare a clamp connection plan.
c. Prepare the PLC program.
Experiment 10
The selective band switch is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start” and switched
off using the S2 pushbutton “Stop”. On a conveyor band, the selective band switch is
supplied with long and short work pieces in an arbitrary order. After switch on of the
system, the selective band switch is to drive into position "A". If a long piece runs
through the scanning device, all 3 light barriers will be covered for a short period of time
and the selective band switch remains in position "A". If a short piece runs through the
scanning device, the light barriers are activated individually. The switch moves in
position "B". The position "B" must be maintained for a period of 5 s. After expiry of the
time or if a long work piece is fed in, the selective band switch is to return into position
"A" again. Pump 1: 3 kW. Optionally, the cylinder switches S3 and S4 can be used for
monitoring the selective band switch position.
a. Prepare the PLC ladder logic program.
Experiment 11
The control is switched on using the S1 pushbutton “Start” and switched off using the S2
pushbutton “Stop”. Preferably, the three-phase motor with closed Dahlander winding is
to be started up in low speed (delta connection) via the pushbutton S3 and switched over
to high speed (Twinstar) directly via the pushbutton S4. Switch-over to the low speed
may only be completed via the S2 pushbutton “Stop” (mandatory zero) if after activation
of the stop pushbutton, a waiting period of 5 s has expired. If the S4 pushbutton (high
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
speed) is activated, contactor K1 is deactivated and simultaneously, contactors K2 and
K3 are activated. Now, the motor is running with high speed. It must be ensured that
contactor K1 has never been activated together with K2 and K3.
Experiment 12
Design and implement ladder logic to interface analog sensor with PLC.
Experiment 13
To control the speed of the DC motor using analog input and PWM.
Text Books
4. Programmable logic controllers, Mc Graw Hill Publication, Frank D. Petruzella.
5. Starr Brian, Basics of Industrial Automation, by Brian Starr
6. Fiset Yves, Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications
Reference Books
4. Hackworth John R., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and
Applications
5. Kevin Collins, PLC Programming for Industrial Automation.
Modes of Evaluation: CONTINUOUS LAB EVALUATION
Continuous lab evaluation shall be done based on the spreadsheet circulated by management.
Continuous lab evaluation & grading students will be evaluated based on the following two
stages.
1 attendance 20%
2 continuous lab evaluation 80%
(a) Lab file - 50%
(b) Viva - 30%
(c) Concept diary - 20%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/
CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO11 PO1
2
PSO1 PSO2
CO 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
1
CO
2
1 1 3 3 3 2
CO
3
2 1 3 3 3 2
CO
4
2 1 3 3 3 2
CO
5
2 1 3 3 3 2
Ave
rage
1.6 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code:MECH 3021 Hydraulics & Pneumatics Laboratory L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites Fluid Mechanics & Machinery
Course Objectives:
1. Acquiring knowledge about the fundamentals in hydraulics and pneumatics
2. Identify and solve various Hydraulic and Pneumatic problems.
3. Exposure to the Hydraulics and pneumatics field application of Fluid Power
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO1 Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of
Hydraulics & Pneumatics platform.
CO2. Conduct the experiments based on different hydraulic and pneumatic circuit during the
experimentation.
CO3. Interpret data obtained during experiments of hydraulic and pneumatic circuit.
CO4. Use teamwork and ethical principles in solving engineering problem with a measure to
overcome obsolescence
Catalog Description
The course elaborates principles of hydraulic and pneumatic devices, electro pneumatic
components. It gives an overview of control systems associated with hydraulic applications.
Course Content
Experiment No: 01
Extension of a hydraulic cylinder upon the operation of a push-button
Experiment No: 02
Signal storage by electrical self -locking
Experiment No: 03
Signal storage by means of electrical self -locking resetting by means of a proximity switch
Experiment No: 04
Mechanical locking by means of momentary contact switch contact
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Experiment No:05
Electrical locking by means of a contactor contact
Experiment No:06
Direct and indirect control of double acting pneumatic cylinder
Experiment No:07
Speed control of single acting pneumatic cylinder -slow speed extension and rapid retraction
Experiment No:08
Position dependent control of double acting pneumatic cylinder with mechanical limit switches
Experiment No:9
Holding element control of a double acting pneumatic cylinder with impulse valve, directly
controlled
Experiment No:10
Basic circuit with AND & OR function pneumatic circuit
Textbooks
4. Esposito Anthony, Fluid power system
5. Parr Andrew, Hydraulic & Pneumatics
Reference Books
4. Laboratory Manual
Modes of Evaluation:
Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.
Experiment Evaluation - 50%
viva voce / Quiz - 50%
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO2 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
CO3 3 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2
CO4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
Course Objectives
To impart the students with MATLAB programming.
To introduce geometric modeling techniques and algorithms.
To impart the students with the CNC programming using simulation software.
To enable students with part programming by G & M Codes.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO-1-Understand basic logical operation and Syntax of MATLAB.
CO2-Analyze various drawing algorithms on MATLAB
CO3- Create models of various manufacturing operations on CNC/VMC machine.
Catalog Description
This laboratory course introduces two most important areas- MATLAB programming for
geometric modeling and part programming using simulation software. Machine tool, which cuts,
mills, grinds, punches or turns raw stock into a finished part is to be studied which controlled
through G and M Codes on numerically controlled machines (NC). Another application includes
design of (optimum) cutting tools and modeling and design of fixtures for dies and molds.
MATLAB software enables students to learn various algorithms for line and circle drawing with
other geometric transformation operations.
Course Content
Experiment No: 01 Basics of MATLAB
To study script files, functions, variable, nesting, matrices, array, algorithms, Input/output,
relational expression, logical expression, plot etc.
Experiment No: 02 DDA Algorithms
MATLAB program to draw line using DDA Algorithms with function/ Script
MEPD 4010 CAD/CAM Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of C/C++ Programming, Basic workshop operations
Co-requisites CAD/CAM
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Experiment No: 03 Bresenham’s line Algorithms
MATLAB program to draw line using Bresenham’s line Algorithms with function/ Script
Experiment No: 04 Bresenham’s circle Algorithms
MATLAB program to draw circle using Bresenham’s circle Algorithms with function/ Script
Experiment No: 05 Geometric Transformation
MATLAB program for various Geometric Transformation like Translation, scaling, shearing etc.
with function/ Script
Experiment No: 06 Facing
To perform facing operations on CNC/ VMC machine
Experiment No: 07 Turning
To perform turning operations on CNC/ VMC machine
Experiment No: 08 Grooving
To perform grooving operations on CNC/ VMC machine.
Experiment No: 09 Drilling
To perform drilling operations on CNC/ VMC machine
Text Books
1. MATLAB A practical Approach by Stormy Attaway.
2. Ibrahim Zeid, R Sivasubramaniam, CAD/CAM-Theory and Practice, TATA McGraw
hill.
Reference Books
NA
Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Lab Performance Continuous Evaluation
Weightage (%) 50 50
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 1 - - - 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3
CO2 1 1 - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3
CO3 1 - - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3
Average 1 1 - 1 3 - - 1 1 - - 2 - 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PROJ 3102 Minor Project -2 L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course Objectives:
This assignment aims for developing the solving ability in students. The objectives of the
project are to explore, formularize, conceptualization of idea floated by him and / or
faculty and finally do the results analysis with conclusion and future scope. The project
should be carried out at University. In case the project requires outside support/dwelling
in any R&D Organization / Industry, a prior permission regarding the same must be
obtained from the concern authority of the university. The project is divided into both the
semesters and termed as Project I and Project II.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Explain the proposed topic and idea
CO2: Explain the objectives of the projects
CO3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives
CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects
CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report
CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills
Catalog Description
Project 1: In this part, the student should develop the project by defining the objectives,
literature review and making detailed methodology. At the end of the semester, the student is
expected to submit a report containing objectives literature status, and proposed solution
(annexure I-IV).
Project 2: This will normally be in continuation of Project I. The student is expected to work on
the objective in depth and come out with specific conclusions. The Final Report will be
evaluated as per the rubrics (refer annexure- V to VIII).
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components
MID END Total
Mentor
Evaluation
Panel
Evaluation
Mentor
Evaluation
Panel
Evaluation 100 %
Weightage 25% 25% 25% 25%
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/CO
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 - 1
CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - -
CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -
Average 1.3 2.3 1 1.5 1 1 1 3 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.3 1 1
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPEG 3002 Power Electronics and Drives L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 2 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic understanding of electronics device and circuit
b. Engineering mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1) To learn different power semiconductor devices.
2) To learn different converter topologies, their operation and applications
3) To learn different speed control drives which help to operating motor on different speed
levels.
4) To learn about the speed control phenomena of the machine.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Identify power electronics devices.
CO2. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in AC to DC conversion.
CO3. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in fixed DC to variable DC conversion
CO4. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in DC to AC conversion
CO5. Apply the concepts of power electronics devices in the speed control of dc & ac motors
Catalog Description
A course with emphasis on the engineering design and performance analysis of power
electronics converters. Topics include: power electronics devices (power MOSFETs, power
transistors, diodes, silicon controlled rectifiers SCRs, TRIACs, DIACs and Power Darlington
Transistors), rectifiers, inverters, ac voltage controllers, dc choppers, cycloconverters, and power
supplies. The course includes to give idea about the behavior of electronics devices which
requires that the student design and build one of the power electronics converters.
Course Content
Unit I: 6 lecture hours
Semiconductor power switching devices: Thyristor –Static& Dynamic Characteristics, Turn-on
& Turn-off methods& Circuits, Rating & Protection of SCR’s, Series & Parallel Operation of
thyristors & Triggering Circuits, Characteristics of Triac & Diac, Introduction to new Power
Semiconductor Devices-Power Diode, Power Transistor, IGBT,GTO & Power MOSFET.
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Phase controlled converters: Principle of Phase Control-Single-Phase Half wave circuit with
different types of loads, Single-Phase & Three-Phase Semi-Converter Semi-Converter & Full-
Converter, Bridge Circuit with line commutation-Continuous & discontinuous conduction,
Single-Phase & Three-Phase Full Converters, Single Phase & Three-Phase Dual Converters.
Unit III: 6 lecture hours
DC choppers: Principle of Chopper Operation &Control Strategies. Step-Up & Step-Down
Choppers, Types of Choppers, Steady State Time Domain Analysis with R,L & E-Type Loads.
Voltage, Current & Load Commutated Choppers.
Unit IV: 6 lecture hours
Inverters: Single-Phase VSI, Half-Bridge & Full-Bridge Inverters & their Steady State Analysis,
Modified McMurray Half-Bridge Inverter, Series Inverters, Three- Phase Bridge Inverter with
180° & 120º Modes, Single-Phase PWM Inverters, Current Source Inverters
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
DC motor speed control: Basic Machine Equations, Breaking Modes, Schemes for DC Motor
Speed Control, Single-Phase Separately Excited Drives, Breaking Operation of Rectifier, Control
of Separately Excited Motor, Single-Phase Series Motor Drives, DC Chopper Drives, Closed
Loop Control of DC Drives.
Unit VI: 6 lecture hours
AC Drives: Induction Motor Characteristics &Principle of Operation. Speed Control of Induction
Motor: Stator Voltage Control, Variable Frequency Control, Rotor Resistance Control, Slip
Power Recovery Scheme, Synchronous Drives.
Text Books
a. M.H. Rashid, Power electronics - Circuits, devices and applications (PH)
b. Ned Mohan, Tore Undeland, William P. Robbins - Power electronics: Coverters,
applications and design (John Wiley)
c. P.S. Bhimbra – Power Electronics (Khanna Publlications)
Reference Books
a. T.H. Barton - Rectifiers, Cycloconverters and AC controllers (Oxford: Claredon press)
b. J. Schaefer, Rectifier circuits – theory and design (John Wiley)
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Class Tests/
Quizzes
MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc. ESE
Weightage (%) 10 20 20 50
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO/P
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PS
O 2
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3
Avera
ge 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
2 3
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MEPD 4014 Automation in Manufacturing L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Knowledge of plant layout.
b. General understanding of the manufacturing
environment
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To understand and be able to complete the following charts with regard to a specific product,
assembly chart, route sheet, operations process chart, from-to chart, and activity relationship
chart
2. To identify equipment requirements for a specific process
3. To understand the benefit of an efficient material handling system
4. Understand what effect process layout has on the material handling system
5. To describe and determine the effect of product, process, and schedule
6. To design parameters on plant layout and materials handling systems design.
7. To identify the characteristics of product and process layouts and their needs in terms of
materials handling.
8. To develop and analyse plant layouts using manual and computer aided software
methodologies.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the elements of automation and production systems
CO2. Apply principles of automation for industrial applications
CO3. Analyze different types of automation.
CO4. Interpret the different production systems, material handling systems and safety measures.
Catalog Description
Automation is the technology by which a process or procedure is performed without human
assistance. Automation is the use of various control systems for operating equipment such as
machinery, processes in factories, boilers and heat treating ovens, switching on telephone
networks, steering and stabilization of ships, aircraft and other applications and vehicles with
minimal or reduced human intervention. Some processes have been completely automated.
Automation has been achieved by various means including mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic,
electrical, electronic devices and computers, usually in combination. The benefits of automation
include labor savings, savings in electricity costs, savings in material costs, and improvements to
quality, accuracy and precision. This subject is concerned with the use of automation in
production systems. This involves use of various control strategies in production, group
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
technology, assembly and transfer lines, cellular manufacturing and flexible manufacturing
systems. The subject will enhance knowledge about why, when and where to use automation.
Course Content
Unit I: 5 lecture hours
Production systems
Categories of manufacturing systems, manufacturing support systems, automation in production
systems, automated manufacturing systems, opportunities for automation and computerization,
types of automation, computerized manufacturing support systems, reasons for automating,
automation principles and strategies, the USA principle, ten strategies for automation,
automation migration strategy
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
Automation and control technologies in production system
Basic elements of an automated system, advanced automation functions, levels of automation,
continuous and discrete control systems, computer process control, common measuring devices
used in automation, desirable features for selection of measuring devices
Unit III: 7 lecture hours
Material handling system
Material handling equipment, design considerations for material handling system, material
transport equipment, analysis of material transport systems, storage systems and their
performance and location strategies, conventional and automated storage systems, overview of
automatic identification and data capture, bar code technology, RFID, other AIDC technologies
Unit IV: 8 lecture hours
Production and assembly systems
Automated production lines- fundamentals, system configurations, work part transfer
mechanisms, storage buffers, control of production line, applications
Automated assembly systems- fundamentals, system configurations, parts delivery at work
stations, applications
Unit V: 5 lecture hours
Cellular manufacturing
Group technology, part families, parts classification and coding, production flow analysis, Opitz
coding system, composite part concept, machine cell design, applications of GT
Unit VI: 5lecture hours
Flexible manufacturing systems
Introduction to FMS, types of FMS, FMS components, applications and benefits, planning and
implementation issues in FMS, quantitative analysis of FMS.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Text Books
1. Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Mikell P. Grover,
PHI.
Reference Books
1. Theory of Automation of Production Planning and of Tooling: Algorithms for Designing
Machine Tools in Automated Industrial Plants, By G. K. Goranskiĭ"
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 2 - - - 2 2 3
CO2 1 3 - 2 1 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2.5 2.3
3
1.75 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Program Elective III
MECH 4027 Vibration Engineering L T P C
0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Theory of machines and Mechanics of
solids
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. Introduce basic aspects of vibrational analysis, considering both single and multi-degree-
of-freedom systems and continuous system.
2. Discuss the use of exact and approximate methods in the analysis of complex systems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 Understand different types of vibrations in mechanical systems.
CO2 Apply the basic concepts of mechanical vibrations in mechanical systems.
CO3 Analyze various mechanical systems subjected to free and forced vibrations.
CO4 Design for vibration isolation and control.
Catalog Description
An introduction to the theory of mechanical vibrations including topics of harmonic motion,
resonance, undamped and damped vibrations and harmonic excitation. Multi degree of freedom
discrete systems including principal mode, principal coordinates and Dunkerley’s method,
Stodola method and Holzer method. Introduction to continuous systems such as strings, rods,
beams and shafts, whirling of shaft and critical speed.
Course Content
Unit I: Introduction 4 lecture hours
Types of vibrations, Simple Harmonic Motion, Vibration terminology, Principle of super
position applied to Simple Harmonic Motions, Energy method, Rayleigh method, Fourier
theorem
Unit II: Undamped and damped free vibrations 7 lecture hours
Single degree of freedom systems, Undamped free vibration, Natural frequency of free vibration,
Stiffness of spring elements, Effect of mass of spring. Different types of damping, Concept of
critical damping and its importance, Study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of
under damping, Critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.
Unit III: Forced vibrations 6 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Single degree freedom systems, Steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic
force. Solution by complex algebra, Reciprocating and Rotating unbalance, Vibration isolation,
Transmissibility ratio and Support motion due to harmonic excitation.
Unit IV: Systems with two degrees of freedom 7 lecture hours
Introduction, Principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, Generalized and principal co-
ordinates, Co-ordinate coupling. Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Forced Oscillations
with harmonic excitation. Dynamic vibration absorber, Vibration measuring Instruments.
Unit V: Continuous systems 6 lecture hours
Introduction, Vibration of strings, Longitudinal and Torsional vibration of rods, Transverse
vibrations of beams, whirling of shafts and Critical speed.
Unit VI: Numerical methods for multi degree freedom systems 6 lecture hours
Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocity theorem, Dunkerley’s equation,
Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration, Stodola method, Holzer’s method.
Text Books
1. G. K. Grover (2009) “Mechanical Vibrations” 8th Edition, Nem Chand and Bros
Publisher, ISBN 8185240566, 9788185240565
Reference Books
1. S. S. Rao (2004) “Mechanical Vibrations” 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc., ISBN
978-81-775-8874-3
2. S. G. Kelly (2012) “Mechanical Vibrations: Theory and Application, SI” Cengage
Learning, ISBN 978-1-4390-6214-2, 1-4390-6214-5
3. T. Gowda, Jagdeesha T, D. V. Girish (2012) “Mechanical Vibrations” Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, ISBN 978-1-25-900617-3, 1-25-900617-4
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2
Avera
ge
2.7
5
2 2 2 2 1 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 4010 Biomedical Mechatronics L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Instrumentation and Control
Co-requisites Robotics and Control
Course Objectives
1. To familiarize students with various medical equipments and their technical aspects
2. To introduce students to the measurements involved in some medical equipment
3. Ability to understand diagnosis and therapy related equipment
4. Understanding the problem and ability to identify the necessity of equipment to a specific
problem.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Analyze the human anatomy and understand various stimuli arising in human body.
CO2. Apply systems theory to complex real world problem objectives in order to obtain models
of human anatomy as an engineering system.
CO3. Design human like robotic structure or small scale (nanorobotics) robots for deployment in
human body.
CO4. Develop robotic systems to assist human physiology in order to act as prosthetic devise or
surgical robots.
Catalog Description
In this course the focus will be on understanding the concepts of biomedical engineering.
Biomedical engineering has a wide variety of application in mechatronics systems, ranging from
a simplest application of human assistance system (wheelchair etc.) to a complex humanoid. The
design of prosthetics is based upon the combination of mechatronics engineering and biomedical
engineering which opens up a new horizon for mechatronics engineers. A basic understanding of
sensor technology, control system and actuators devices is mandatory.
Course Content
Unit I: 9 lecture hours
Man instrument system: Introduction to Man-Instrument System, Compo Introduction to Man-
Instrument System, Components of Man-Instrument System, Physiological System of the Body,
Problems Encountered in Measuring a Living System.nents of Man-Instrument System,
Physiological System of the Body, Problems Encountered in Measuring a Living System.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
Bio electric potential: Sources of Bioelectric Potential, Bio Electrodes, Cardiovascular
Measurements: The Heart and Cardiovascular System, Electrocardiography.
Unit III: 7 lecture hours
Medical imaging: Introduction, medical imaging applications, ultrasound, Magnetic resonance
imaging, CT scan, Nuclear imaging.
Unit IV: 4 lecture hours
Application of mechatronics in medical: Introduction, Robotics in medicine, robots in surgery,
nano robots in medicine, rehabilitation robotics, Surgical training simulation and haptic interface,
smart instruments and probes, smart handheld surgical tools, navigation.
Unit V: 4 lecture hours
Medical case studies: Introduction, handheld snake like robots, smart probe for detecting kidney
stones, smart probe for breast cancers, ankle prosthetic knee, smart system for cardiovascular
plaque detection, an instrument for esophagostomy
Text Books
1. Cromwell L; Weibell F.J.; Pfeiffer E.A. (2017) Biomedical Instrumentation &
Measurement. PHI. ISBN No: 0130104922
2. Raja Rao C; Guha S.K (2015) Principles of Medical Electronics & Biomedical
Instrumentation, &, University Press. ISBN no. 8173712573
Reference Books
1. Khandpur R.S. (2016) Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation. TMH Pub. Co. ISBN
No. 0879093234
2. Domach (2015) Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Pearson Education ISBN No.
0136020038
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 2 - - - 2 3
CO2 1 - 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 1.6
7
2 2 2 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
MECH 3014 Design and Analysis of Algorithms L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Basic Knowledge Mathematics.
2. Programming and Data Structure
3. Advanced Data Structure
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. Able to understand the necessity of the algorithm design.
2. Able to write the algorithm to solve a problem.
3. Able to analyze the performance of the algorithm.
4. Able to implement the algorithm in C/C++.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Analyze the correctness of time and space complexity of algorithms.
CO2. Devise and analyze the Divide and Conquer algorithms.
CO3. Devise and analyze the solution of optimization problems using Dynamic Programming
and Greedy Algorithm techniques.
CO4. Apply Graph algorithm for real world scenario.
CO5. Devise and analyze the Backtracking algorithm.
Catalog Description
This course covers good principles of algorithm design, elementary analysis of algorithms, and
fundamental data structures. The emphasis is on choosing appropriate data structures and
designing correct and efficient algorithms to operate on these data structures.
Course Content
Unit I: 4 lecture hours
Introduction: Algorithm and its Specification, complete development of the algorithm,
performance analysis, randomized algorithms
Unit II: 7 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Divide and conquer: General method, binary search, finding maximum and minimum, merge
sort, quick sort, selection, Strassen’s matrix multiplication
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
The Greedy method: The general method, Knapsack problem, tree vertex splitting job
sequencing with dead lines, Optimal merge patterns, minimum cost spanning trees
Unit IV: 8 lecture hours
Dynamic programming: The general method, multistage graphs, all pairs shortest paths, single
source shortest paths: general weights, 0/1 Knapsack problem, the travelling salesman problem,
Basic Traversal and search Techniques: Techniques for binary trees and graphs
connected Components and spanning trees
Unit V: 9 lecture hours
Back Tracking: The general method, the 8-queens problem, sum of subsets, graph colouring,
Branch–and Bound: The method, 0/1 knapsack problem, travelling salesman problem.
Text Books
1. Cormen Thomas H., Introduction to Algorithms
Reference Books
6. Kleinberg Jojn, Algorithm Design
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
Avera
ge
2.8 2.4 2.8 2.8 2.4 2 2.2 2.2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPEG 4011 Electrical Machines L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0
Pre-
requisites/Exposure
a. Students should have studied Physics. They should know about
mathematics-vector algebra, complex numbers and matrix algebra
for better understanding.
b. In addition, they should know about the various circuit laws and
their application in Electrical Machinery
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To develop knowledge on constructional details of static and rotating machines
2. Students must be able to understand principle of operation of static and rotating machines
3. Obtain starting, running and speed torque characteristics of rotating machines.
4. Students must be able to identify application of each type of machine.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Explain various parts of electrical machines
CO2. Describe working, constructional details, connections and applications of transformer used
in power System
CO3. Interpret Know the starting, running and speed-torque characteristics of DC motors
CO4. Choose the DC generator/motor which suits the requirement of application
CO5. Create No Load and Full load tests on transformers/Induction Motor
CO6. Calculate torque and speed of given Machine
Catalog Description
This course covers basic operating principles and constructional details of electrical machines.
This course is a fundamental course for students, to introduce and review the main principles of
electromagnetic induction, production of torque, basic idea of electric machine design, with
special emphasis on the fundamental physics, the important properties of materials, and the
application based understanding of machines. All these aspects are important in the expanding
range of applications and the technical development of electric machines. The course is intended
to benefit students starting out in electric machines, offering a consolidation of the principles and
ideas in which they have been learned and have the opportunity to refresh their knowledge of
fundamental machine operation and torque speed characteristics.
Course Content
Unit I: 10 lecture hours
Principles of Electro-Mechanical Energy Conversion: Review of Laws of Electro-Magnetic and
Electro-Mechanics. Single-Phase Transformers-Construction Principle of Operation., Equivalent
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Circuit, Performance Analysis, Regulation, Losses & Efficiency, Testing, Three Phase
Transformers, Special Constructional Features, Alternative Winding Arrangements,, Cooling
Methodology, Conservators, Breathers, Buchholz Relay, Parallel Operation and Load Sharing,
Numerical, Special Purpose Transformers and Applications-Pulse, Isolation, Welding, Rectifier,
High Frequency.
Unit II: 10 lecture hours
Review of Electromechanical Energy Conversion Principles and Basic Concepts in Rotating
Machines- types & constructional features, Magnetic Field System, Types of Excitation General
Expression for Force and Torque Voltage & Torque Equations, Operation as Generator-Self
Excitation Principles. Armature Reaction, Commutation, Operation as a Motor, Characteristics,
Starting, Speed Control, Braking, Losses, Efficiency, Testing and Applications of DC Motors,
Numericals.
Unit III: 11 lecture hours
Introduction, Principle of Operation, Constructional Details Generator Mode, Interaction
between Excitation Flux and Armature MMF, Equivalent Circuit Model and Phasor Diagram for
Cylindrical Rotor Machines, Salient Pole Machines, Two Reaction Theory, Equivalent Circuit
Model and Phasor Diagram, Voltage Regulation and Effect of AVR, Synchronising Methods,
Transition from Motoring To Generating Mode, Steady State Operation Characteristics, V-
Curves, Starting, Hunting Damper Winding, Effects, Speed Control Including Solid State
Control, Brushless Generators, Single Phase Generators. Applications, Numericals
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
Principle of Operation, Types, Construction, Ratings, Equivalent Circuit, Torque-Slip
Characteristics, Starters for Squirrel Cage and Wound Rotor Type Induction Motors Speed
Control, Braking and Power Factor Control, Double Cage and Deep Bar Rotors, Testing,
Induction Motor Applications, Induction Generators and their Applications. Single Phase
Induction Motors and their Applications, Equivalent Circuit and Operating Principle.
Unit V: 7 lecture hours
Different Types of Fractional HP Motors used in Domestic and Industrial Applications. Linear
Induction Motors and Actuators, Brushless Motors, Stepper Motors, Switched Reluctance
Motor, Hysterisis Motor High Performance Energy Efficient Machines
Text Books
1. Ashfaq Husain, Electric Machines - 2nd Edition; Dhanpat Rai & Co
2. D.P. Kothari , I.J.Nagrath , Electric Machines - 3rd Edition; McGraw Hill Education
.
Reference Books
1. Stephen J. Chapman , Electric Machinery Fundamentals 4th Edition ; McGraw Hill
Education
2. A.E.Fitzgerald , Electric Machinery, 6th Edition ; McGraw Hill Education
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Examination Scheme:
Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total
Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 2 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 3
CO3 2 2 2 1 3
CO4 2 2 2 1 3
CO5 2 2 3
CO6 2 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2 2 1 2 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
EPEG 3002 Power Electronics and Drives Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure c. Basic understanding of electronics device and circuit
d. Engineering mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1) To learn different power semiconductor devices.
2) To learn different converter topologies, their operation and applications
3) To learn different speed control drives which help to operating motor on different speed
levels.
4) To learn about the speed control phenomena of the machine.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Circuit rig up and calculate characteristics curve for different power electronics devices.
CO2. Investigate the circuit for AC to DC conversion with different load condition.
CO3. Design and apply the concepts of power electronics devices in fixed DC to variable DC
conversion
CO4. Apply the design concepts of power electronics devices used in DC to AC conversion
CO5. Design, develop and investigate speed control circuit for DC & AC motors with different
load condition
Catalog Description
The laboratory course highlighting on the engineering design and performance analysis of power
electronics converters. Laboratory experiments include different discrete components: power
electronics devices (power MOSFETs, power transistors, diodes, silicon controlled rectifiers
SCRs, TRIACs, DIACs and Power Darlington Transistors), rectifiers, inverters, ac voltage
controllers, dc choppers, cycloconverters, and power supplies. The course is to give idea about
the behavior of electronics devices, which is required by the student to design and build different
power electronics converters.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
List of Experiments
a. To study of different types Commutation circuit.
b. Micro controlled based single phase dual converter.
c. Micro controlled based single phase bridge configuration cycloconverte.To study Mosfet
based chopper motor controller.
d. To study of RC triggering Circuit.To study of different types Commutation circuit.
e. To study of Series inverter.
f. Study of single phase fully controlled bridge converter.
g. Study of single phase half controlled bridge converter.
h. Micro controlled based single phase dual converter.
i. To study of UJT triggering circuit.
j. To study VI characteristics of triac.
k. Study of 8085based Thyristorized DC Motor speed.
l. Study of solar P.V charge control with MPPT.
TEXT BOOK:
a. P.S. Bhimbra – Power Electronics (Khanna Publlications)
b. M.H. Rashid, Power electronics - Circuits, devices and applications (PH)
REFERRENCE BOOKS:
a. T.H. Barton - Rectifiers, Cycloconverters and AC controllers (Oxford: Claredon press)
b. J. Schaefer, Rectifier circuits – theory and design (John Wiley)
c. Ned Mohan, Tore Undeland, William P. Robbins - Power electronics: Coverters,
applications and design (John Wiley)
Modes of Evaluation:
Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.
Experiment Evaluation - 50%
viva voce / Quiz - 50%
Table: Correlation of POs, PSOs v/s COs
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O 1
PS
O 2
CO1 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Avera
ge
3 3 3 2.7
5
3 2.8 2.3
3
2.3
3
3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code: MEPD 4115 Real Time Systems Lab L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure a.) Programming for Problem Solving
b.) Signals & Systems
c.) Instrumentation & Control
d.) Embedded Systems
Co-requisites a.) Robotics & Control
b.) PLC & HMI
c.) Hydraulics & Pneumatics
Course Objectives
The objectives of the course are:
To develop the ability of undergraduate students in Mechatronics program to interface
between hardware and software.
To make students understand the working of real-time systems like temperature control, fluid
flow/level control, servo control etc.
Course Outcomes
CO1. Understand the principle and working of data acquisition and signal conditioning elements
CO2. Analyze real-time systems that involve control of physical variables like temperature,
pressure, fluid flow, position, velocity, acceleration etc.
CO3. Apply interfacing between the hardware and software
Catalog Description
A graduate from Mechatronics must know how to perform interfacing. Interfacing is an essential
task that helps to control the physical systems. This laboratory course will make students learn
this concept and they will be able to control small physical systems that are of single-input and
single-output type. This course will help in skill development of the students.
List of Experiments
1. To perform data acquisition using computer
Objectives of the experiment
(a) Data acquisition using data acquisition card and function generator; Analysis of the
harmonic, square and triangular signals.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
(b) Capture the above signal and plot the data in Excel format.
(c) Using FFT software, convert the signal to frequency domain and analyze the results.
2. To find out the transient response of a first-order system
Objectives of the experiment:
(a) To determine the time constant of a first order thermocouple system, subjected to a step
temperature change.
(b) To compare the above value of the time constant with that of a thermometer.
3. To find out the frequency response of a second-order system
Objectives of the experiment:
(a) To plot the frequency response curves (frequency ratio vs magnitude and frequency ratio
vs phase angle)
4. To verify a closed loop process control system using proportional, derivative and
integral control techniques with manual change in set-point
Objectives of the experiment:
(a) To study a pressure control system and experiment on closed loop control system with
various types of controls like: P, PI, PD, PID control with manual change in set point
(b) To perform PID tuning using Zeigler-Nichols method
5. To verify a closed loop process control system using fuzzy-logic control for a given set-
point
Objectives of the experiment:
(a) To study a pressure control system and experiment on closed loop control system using a
fuzzy logic controller
6. To control the angular position of circular inertia disc mounted on the shaft of a DC
motor
7. To control the angular speed of circular inertia disc mounted on the shaft of a DC
motor
8. To find out the transfer function of a physical system experimentally
Objectives of the experiment:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
(a) To find out the transfer function of a water tank system experimentally and validate it
theoretically
(b) To find out the order of the physical system
9. To perform image processing of a coin using MATLAB
10. To control the position of an inverted pendulum mounted on a cart using computed-
torque control technique
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Students will be evaluated based on the following 2 stages.
Day to day evaluation - 50%
Viva – voce & Quiz - 50%
a. General Discipline: Marks will be awarded on the basis of student’s regularity, punctuality,
sincerity and behavior in the class.
b. Grading: The overall marks obtained at the end of the semester comprising the above two
mentioned shall be converted to a grade.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
Avera
ge
3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code: PROJ 4109 MAJOR PROJECT-I L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Mechanical engineering subjects
Co-requisites Project specific software
Course Objectives
1. Develop student’s knowledge for solving technical problems through structured project
research study in order to produce competent and sound engineers.
2. Provide the students with the opportunity to design undertake or conduct an independent
research or study related to their degree course.
3. Identify and describe the problem and scope of project clearly, collect, analyze and
present data into meaningful information using relevant tools
4. Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work independently
and ethically
5. Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Explain the proposed topic and idea
CO 2: Explain the objectives of the projects
CO 3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives
CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects
CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report
CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills
Catalog Description
In the modern world engineers and technicians are often involved fully or in part with identifying
problems and finding suitable solutions. These engineering problems may range from a very
large project, such as designing and building a hydroelectric power station, to smaller projects,
such as designing and producing a paper clip to keep notes secure. No matter how large or small,
these problems need to be project managed in order to find engineered solutions. This unit will
provide learners with opportunities to present their own solutions to engineering projects and
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
should enable them to feel confident in carrying out project work within their chosen engineering
discipline at the technician level. The unit aims to integrate the knowledge and skills learners
have gained throughout their programme of study, into a major piece of work that reflects the
type of performance expected of an engineering technician. The project is intended to develop
the learner’s ability to identify and plan a course of action and follow this through to produce a
viable solution/outcome to an agreed specification and timescale. The end result of the project
could be an engineering product, device, service or process or a modification to an existing
process or product. As in the real world, the outcome of the project and its presentation are very
important, although this project is also about developing the process skills necessary to carry out
the project. Throughout the project learners will need to apply the technical skills developed in
the other units in the qualification.
TYPES OF PROJECTS
Projects may be either one or a combination of the following categories of projects
Experimental Research, Case study, Industrial applications, Analytical and Simulation. Here we
will include the core area for different departments.
IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOTMENT OF PROJECTS AND SUPERVISORS
At the beginning of the semester, the Project coordinator/HOD meets with the students and
explains to them about the project. Students are given a week to identify their project titles and
send project title approval form to project coordinator. Depending on the project title, the student
is allotted a supervisor.
RESPONSIBILITIES
Responsibilities of the Student
• The student should take responsibility for the design, methodology and presentation of the
project.
• It is the responsibility of the student to edit their work, and ensure all information is accurate
and complete.
• The student is responsible for presenting their research proposal to the Faculty for approval
before embarking on the data collection.
• Students are reminded that their research project must be their own work and all quotations
from other sources, whether published or unpublished, must be properly acknowledged.
Plagiarism is a very serious offence and, where proven against a student, may result in
disqualification from the examination of the project.
• The student should submit material in sufficient time to allow for comment and discussion
before proceeding to the next stage.
• The student takes responsibility for maintaining regular contact with the supervisor.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Continuous monitoring and evaluation. Student will be evaluated twice in a semester by Mentor
(50%) and Expert panel (50%). Marks earned will be compiled and converted to grades.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/
CO
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
PO
4
P
O5
P
O6 PO7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 -
CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Code: SIIB 4101 Summer internship L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 2
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of mechanical engineering
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To provide students the opportunity to test their interest in a particular career
before permanent commitments are made.
2. To develop skills in the application of theory to practical work situations.
3. Internships will increase a student's sense of responsibility and good work habits.
4. To expose students to real work environment experience, gain knowledge in
writing report in technical works/projects.
5. To build a good communication skill with group of workers and learn to learn
proper behavior of corporate life in industrial sector.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Develop good understanding about the organization and define the internship
objectives.
CO 2: Apply technical knowledge and management principles
CO3: Demonstrate ethical principles and innovative way to accomplish assigned
work
CO4: Illustrate presentation skills and report
CO5: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills
Catalog Description
The purpose of Industrial Training is to expose students to real work of environment experience
and at the same time, to gain the knowledge through hands on observation and job execution.
From the industrial training, the students will also develop skills in work ethics, communication,
management and others. Moreover, this practical training program allows students to relate
theoretical knowledge with its application in the manufacturing industry.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Student has to submit the internship certificate and feedback form from the organization. He has
to present his work in front of specific panel made by the department after completion of the
internship. Marks will be given to him on a specific annexure based on rubrics by the panel.
Panel member will keep in mind about the feedback given by the industries.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/
CO
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
PO
4
P
O5
P
O6 PO7
PO
8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 3 3
CO2 2 1 - - 2 3 2 - - - - - 3 3
CO3 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 3 - - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - 3 -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 1 - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Course Objectives
1. Apply specifications for adopting/designing different components of a mechatronic system
(mechanical, electrical, sensors, actuators).
2. Develop a mechatronic design using a structured formal approach. Make decisions about
component choice taking into account its effects on the choice of other components and the
performance of a mechatronic system.
3. Design a software-hardware verification using hardware-in-the-loop testing.
4. Apply experimental modelling to assist in the design and tuning of control systems
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Formulate specifications for adopting/designing different components of a mechatronic
system (mechanical, electrical, sensors, actuators).
CO2. Construct a mechatronic design using a structured formal approach.
CO3. Design and implement software for a computer control system with sensor and actuator
interfaces.
CO4. Develop communication interface with a computer control system for tuning.
Catalog Description
This course introduces the process of mechatronic system design. It is a project-based course
where a mechatronic system for an electromechanical component is designed and built. The
course integrates tools and skills related to computer and software, electronics, control,
modelling and simulation. It also develops the concepts of experimental modelling and
implementation of computer control systems. The course provides a real-life experience related
to the practice of mechatronics engineering.
Course Content
MEPD 4016 Mechatronics System Design L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 2 4
Pre-requisites/Exposure Mechatronic Systems, Dynamics , Engineering
Computations Instrumentation and Control , Embedded
System , Electronics
Co-requisites --
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit I: 3 lecture hours
What is Mechatronics, Integrated design issues in mechatronics, The mechatronics design
process, Mechatronics Key elements, Application in mechatronics.
Unit II: 9 lecture hours
Operator notation and transfer functions, block diagram , manipulations , and simulation, Block
diagram modeling direct method and analogy method, electrical system, mechanical translational
systems, Mechanical Rotational system, electrical mechanical coupling, fluid system
Unit III: 5 lecture hours
Introduction to sensors and transducers, sensitivity Analysis sensors for motion and position
measurement, force , torque and tactile sensors, vibration-acceleration sensors, sensors flow
measurement , temperature sensing device, sensor application
Unit IV: 5 lecture hours
Direct current motors, Permanent magnet stepper motor, fluid power actuation, fluid power
design elements, pie zoelectric actuators.
Unit V: 5 lecture hours
Number system in mechatronics, Binary logic, Karnaugh map minimization, Programmable
logic controllers,
Unit VI: 5 lecture hours
Introducing to signals, systems, and controls, Laplace transform solutions of ordinary
differential equations, System representations, linearization of nonlinear systems, Time delays,
measured of systems performance, controller design using pole placement method
Unit VII: 4 lecture hours
Introduction, elements of data acquisition and control system, transducers and signal
conditioning, device for data conversing, data conversion process. Application software
Text Books
1. Mechatronics System Design, “Devdas Shetty, Richard A. Kolk”, Clengage Learning
2. Mechatronic Systems Design: Methods, Models, Concepts, “ Klaus Janschek”, Springer
Reference Books
1. Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and Modeling, “ Robert H.
Bishop” ,CRC press
2. Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for Mechatronic Systems and their designer
“Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley”, Springer
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 2 - 2 2
CO4 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2.5 2 2 3 2 2.25 2.75
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Program Elective IV
CSEG 4009 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (JAVA)
L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Programming.
Basic Knowledge of Object Oriented Design
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
The objectives of this course are to:
1. Create Java programs that leverage the object-oriented features.
2. Design & implement multithreading and data structure.
3. Learn the concepts of File handling, Database Connectivity and Network programming.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Express programming problems using Java Programming Language.
CO2: Analyze real world object-oriented concepts and develop the programs based on strings,
exceptions, packages and interfaces.
CO3: Develop and execute the programs for multithreading, file handling and development of
GUI using AWT.
CO4: Apply JAVA programming skills to develop the programs for Network and database
connectivity using JDBC.
Catalog Description
Java is a programming language and computing platform, first released by Sun Microsystems in
1995. There are lots of applications and websites that will not work unless you have Java
installed, and more are created every day. Java is fast, secure, and reliable. From laptops to
datacenters, game consoles to scientific supercomputers, cell phones to the Internet, Java is
everywhere!
Course Content
Unit I: Overview and Characteristics of Java
Java Program Compilation and Execution Process Organization, of the Java Virtual Machine,
JVM as an Interpreter and Emulator, Instruction Set, Class File Format, Verification, Class Area,
Java Stack, Heap, Garbage Collection, Security Promises of the JVM, Security Architecture and
Security Policy, Class Loaders and Security Aspects, Sandbox Model.
Unit II: Start Programming
Data Types & Literals Variables, Wrapper Classes, Arrays, Arithmetic Operators, Logical
Operators, Control of Flow, Classes and Instances, Class Member Modifiers Anonymous Inner
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Class Interfaces and Abstract Classes, Inheritance, Throw and Throws Clauses, User Defined
Exceptions, The String Buffer Class, Tokenizer, Applets, Life Cycle of Applet and Security
Concerns.
Unit III: Java Threads
Threads: Creating Threads, Thread Priority, Blocked States, Extending Thread Class, Runnable
Interface, Starting Threads, Thread Synchronization, Synchronize Threads, Sync Code Block,
Overriding Synced Methods, Thread Communication, wait, notify and notify all.
Unit IV: AWT Programming
AWT Components, Component Class, Container Class, Layout Manager Interface Default
Layouts, Insets and Dimensions, Border Layout, Flow Layout, Grid Layout, Card Layout
GridBag Layout AWT Events, Event Models, Listeners, Class Listener, Adapters, Action Event
Methods Focus Event Key Event, Mouse Events, Window Event.
Unit V: File I/O
Input/Output Stream, Stream Filters,Buffered Streams, Data Input and Output Stream, Print
Stream, Random Access File.
Unit VI: Database Connectivity
JDBC(Database connectivity with MS-Access, Oracle, MS-SQL Server), Object serialization.
Unit VII: Network Programming & RMI
Sockets, Development of Client Server Applications, Design of Multithreaded Server. Remote
Method Invocation, Java Native interfaces, Development of a JNI based application.
Unit VIII: Collection
Collection API Interfaces, Vector, Stack, Hashtable Classes, Enumerations, Set, List, Map,
Iterators.
Text Books
1. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition, Ken Arnold, James Gosling, Pearson.
2. Head First Servlets and JSP 2nd Edition.
3. The Complete Reference Java 7th Edition, Herbert-Schild, TMH.
4. Java SE7 Programmer I &II Study Guide, Kathy Sierra and Bert Bates, McGraw Hill.
Reference Books
1. A premier guide to SCJP 3rd Edition, Khalid Mughal, Pearson.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
2. Thinking in Java, 3rd Edition, Bruce Ackel, Pearson.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc. ESE
Weightage (%) 20 30 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 - 2 - - - 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2.6
7
2 2 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 4007 Finite Elements Method L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Strength of Materials , Advanced Mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To make students understand how to solve real life problems which are difficult to solve
analytically
2. To make students understand when and where to apply particular techniques for
engineering problem solving
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand the fundamental theory of finite element analysis.
CO2. Derive equations in finite element methods for 1D, 2D and 3D problems.
CO3. Anlyze the problems using FEM.
CO4. Design and validate finite element model using existing analytical and approximation
techniques.
Catalog Description
Finite element procedures are now an important and frequently indispensable part of engineering
analysis and design. An important aspect of a finite element procedure is its reliability, so that
the method can be used in a confident manner in computer-aided design. This course emphasizes
this point and concentrates on finite element procedures that are general and reliable for
engineering analysis. After going through this course, students will be able to know how real life
engineering problems are solved. They will also be able to appreciate the notion that sometimes
it is not necessary and feasible to obtain exact solutions. In such cases, approximate solutions are
obtained and we then talk about the level of accuracy of the solution.
Course Content
Unit I: 6 lecture hours
Introduction: Historical background, Matrix approach, Application to the continuum,
Discretisation, Matrix algebra, Gaussian elimination, Governing equations for continuum,
Classical Techniques in FEM, Weighted residual method, Ritz method.
Unit II: 8 lecture hours
One-dimensional problems: Finite element modelling, Coordinates and shape functions,
Potential energy approach, Galerkin’s approach, Assembly of stiffness matrix and load vector,
Finite element equations, Quadratic shape function, Application to plane trusses.
Unit III: 8 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Two-dimensional continuum: Introduction, Finite element modelling, Scalar valued problem,
Poisson equation, Laplace equation, Triangular elements, Element stiffness matrix, Force vector,
Galerkin’s approach - Stress calculation, Temperature effects
Unit IV: 9 lecture hours
Axisymmetric continuum: Axisymmetric formulation, Element stiffness matrix and force vector,
Galerkin’s approach, Body forces and temperature effects, Stress calculations, Boundary
conditions, Applications to cylinders under internal or external pressures, Rotating discs
Unit V: 5 lecture hours
Isoparametric elements for two-dimensional continuum: The four node quadrilateral, Shape
functions, Element stiffness matrix and force vector, Numerical integration, Stiffness integration,
Stress calculations, Four node quadrilateral for axisymmetric problems.
Text Books
1. Chandrupatla and Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Third
Edition, PHI Learning Private Learning
Reference Books
1. Reddy J.N., An Introduction to the Finite Element Method, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited
2. Bathe Klaus-Jurgen, Finite Element Procedures, PHI Learning Private Learning
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs):
1=We
akly
mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped
POs
&
PSO
s
/COs PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 3 2
2
1 1 3
CO2 3 3 1
1 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 1
1 3 3
CO4 3 2
2
1 3 3
AV
G 3 2.5 1.5 1 2 1 2.25 3
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
ECEG 2013 Digital Signal Processing L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Signals & Systems, Engineering Mathematics
Co-requisites --
Course Objectives
1. To help the learners understand signal processing.
2. To enable students develop understanding of role of digital signal processing in real life
application.
3. To give the students a perspective to appreciate importance of system analysis.
4. To enable students acquire knowledge required for developing signal processing systems.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Understand properties of signals and systems.
CO2. Predict mathematical transform on different signals.
CO3. Interpret frequency characteristics of Signals and Systems.
CO4. Design various filters using different techniques.
Catalog Description
Digital Signal Processing is the art of mathematically processing real-life digital form of signals
like voice, audio, video, temperature, pressure, or position etc. Signals are processed to extract
the information they contain. Analog to digital converters are used to first convert analog signals
to digital signals, and then fed to DSP system. Similarly, Digital to analog conversion is also a
very important part of system. The information so processed can be used to control systems
related to several domains. DSP also serves the purpose of enhancing the signal quality by the
use of filters. Digital signal processing has the advantages of high speed and accuracy.
Course Content
Unit I: 8 lecture hours
Basic Elements of Digital Signal Processing Systems, Classification of Signals, The concept of
frequency in Continuous time and Discrete time domain, Discrete-time Signals and Systems,
Analysis of Discrete-Time, Linear Shift Invariant Systems-Linearity, Causality and Stability
criterion. Discrete-time Systems described Difference Equation, Correlation of Discrete-Time
Signals.
Unit II: 9 lecture hours
Frequency Domain Sampling and DFT. Properties of DFT. Linear convolution using DFT.
Efficient computation of the DFT- Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms.-Efficient computation of
DFT of two real Sequences. Efficient computation of the DFT of a 2-N point Real Sequences
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit III: 9 lecture hours
General Consideration. Design of IIR filters-IIR Filter Design by Impulse Invariance & Bilinear
Transformation, Design of Linear Phase FIR Filters-Design of FIR filter using Windows and by
Frequency Sampling Method, Frequency Transformation in the Analog Domain and Digital
Domain.
Unit IV: 10 lecture hours
Structures for the realization of Discrete-Time Systems-Structures for FIR & IIR Systems. State-
Space System Analysis & Structures, Implementation of Digital Filters.
Text Books
1. Proakis, J.G. (2007) Digital signal processing: principles, algorithms, and application-4/E.
Pearson Education. ISBN: 9780131873742.
2. Salivahanan, S. (2010) Digital signal processing - 2/E. Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN:
97800071329149.
Reference Books
1. Smith, Steven (2012). Digital signal processing: a practical guide for engineers and
scientists. Elsevier. ISBN: 978-8131203286.
2. Lyon, Richards (2010) Understanding Digital Signal Processing, 1/E. PHI. ISBN: 978-
0137027415.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components MSE I MSE II Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE
Weightage (%) 20 - 30 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 - 2 - 1 - - - 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - - 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 3
Average 2.33 2.67 2.5 2 2.5 1 2 1 1.75 2.75
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CSEG 3005 Artificial Intelligence L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure a. Basic Programming Languages
Co-requisites
Course Objectives
1 An ability to apply knowledge of computing and mathematics appropriate to the discipline.
2 An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing requirements
appropriate to its solution.
3 An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component,
or program to meet desired needs.
4. An ability to use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practice.
5. An ability to communicate effectively.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate working knowledge in Lisp in order to write simple Lisp programs and
explore more sophisticated Lisp code on their own
CO2: Identify different types of AI agents
CO3: Design AI search algorithms (uninformed, informed, heuristic, constraint satisfaction,
genetic algorithms)
CO4: Demonstrate the fundamentals of knowledge representation (logic-based, frame-based,
semantic nets), inference and theorem proving
CO5: Compose simple knowledge-based systems
Catalog Description
Presentation of artificial intelligence as a coherent body of ideas and methods to acquaint the
student with the basic programs in the field and their underlying theory. Students will explore
this through problem-solving paradigms, logic and theorem proving, language and image
understanding, search and control methods and learning. Topics include advanced techniques for
symbolic processing, knowledge engineering, and building problem solvers.
Course Content
Unit I 8 Lecture Hours
GENERAL ISSUES AND OVERVIEW OF AI
The AI problems; what is an AI Technique; Characteristics of AI applications Problem
Solving, Search and Control Strategies General Problem Solving; Production Systems;
Control Strategies: Forward and Backward Chaining Exhaustive Searches: Depth First
Breadth First Search.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit II: 8 Lecture Hours
HEURISTIC SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Hill climbing; Branch and Bound Technique; Best First Search and A* Algorithm; AND/OR
Graphs; Problem Reduction and AO* Algorithm; Constraint Satisfaction Problems Game
Playing Minmax Search Procedure; Alpha-Beta cutoffs; Additional Refinements.
Unit III: 10 Lecture Hours
KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION
First Order Predicate Calculus; Skolemnisation; Resolution Principle and Unification;
Inference Mechanisms Horn's Clauses; Semantic Networks; Frame Systems and Value
Inheritance; Scripts; Conceptual Dependency AI Programming Languages Introduction to
LISP, Syntax and Numeric Functions; List manipulation functions; Iteration and Recursion;
Property list and Arrays, Introduction to PROLOG.
Unit IV: 10 Lecture Hours
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING PARSING TECHNIQUES
Context - Free Grammar; Recursive Transition Nets (RTN); Augmented Transition Nets
(ATN); Semantic Analysis, Case and Logic Grammars; Planning Overview - An Example
Domain: The Blocks Word; Component of Planning Systems; Goal Stack Planning (Linear
Planning); Non-Linear Planning using Constraint Posting ; Probabilistic Reasoning and
Uncertainty; Probability Theory; Bayes Theorem and Bayesian Networks; Certainty Factor.
Textbooks:
1. Stuard Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence. A Modern Approach, 3-rd
edition, Prentice Hall, Inc., 2010 .
References Books
1. Philip C Jackson, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”,
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 2 2 - - - 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CO4 2 3 - 2 3
CO5 2 2 2 3
Avera
ge
2 2 2.5 3 2.6
7
2.2 2.6
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Program Elective V
CSEG 4008 COMPUTER NETWORKS & DISTRIBUTED
CONTROL
L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Computer, Operating System
Co-requisites Computer System Architecture
Course Objectives
1. Get an overview of what protocols and layers are, and how a message moves down
through the layers acquiring different protocol headers.
2. Understand the basics of sending packets (lumps) of data between directly connected
machines, Ethernet, PPP, and wireless 802.11 are data-link protocols.
3. Understand how systems discover which connections to use for forwarding packets—
routing.
4. Understand the importance of providing reliable, data-streams, from program to program.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO 1. Recognize the terminology and concepts of the OSI reference model and the TCP‐IP
reference model.
CO 2. Define the concepts of protocols, network interfaces, and design/performance issues in
local area networks and wide area networks.
CO 3. Interpret the contemporary issues in networking technologies.
CO 4. Analyze the network tools and network programming
Catalog Description
Introduction to local, metropolitan, and wide area networks using the standard OSI reference
model as a framework; introduction to the Internet protocol suite and network tools and
programming; discussion of various networking technologies.
Course Content
Unit I: 8 lecture hours
Data Communications – Networks - Networks models – OSI model – Layers in OSI model –
TCP / IP protocol suite – Addressing – Guided and Unguided Transmission media Switching:
Circuit switched networks – Data gram Networks – Virtual circuit networks Cable networks for
Data transmission: Dialup modems – DSL – Cable TV – Cable TV for Data transfer.
Unit II: 6 lecture hours
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Data link control: Framing – Flow and error control –Protocols for Noiseless and Noisy
Channels – HDLC Multiple access: Random access – Controlled access Wired LANS : Ethernet
– IEEE standards – standard Ethernet – changes in the standard – Fast Ethernet – Gigabit
Ethernet. Wireless LANS : IEEE 802.11–Bluetooth. Connecting LANS: Connecting devices -
Backbone networks - Virtual LANS Virtual circuit networks: Architecture and Layers of Frame
Relay and ATM.
Unit III: 7 lecture hours
Logical addressing: IPv4, IPv6 addresses Internet Protocol: Internetworking – IPv4, IPv6 -
Address mapping – ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, ICMP, IGMP, Delivery - Forwarding -
Routing – Unicast, Multicast routing protocols, Process-to-Process delivery - User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Congestion Control – Quality of
services (QoS) – Techniques to improve QoS, Domain Name System (DNS) – E-mail – FTP –
WWW – HTTP – Multimedia Network Security: Cryptography – Symmetric key and Public Key
algorithms - Digital signature – Management of Public keys – Communication Security –
Authentication Protocols.
Unit IV: 7 lecture hours
Aims of plant automation, classical approaches to plant automation, computer based plant
automation concepts, distributed computer control, Aims of plant automation, classical
approaches to plant automation, computer based plant automation concepts, distributed
computer control, Evolution of hierarchical systems structure, functions levels, database
organization, system implementation concept, human interface, Field stations, intermediate
stations, central computer stations, monitoring and command facilities
Unit V: 8 lecture hours
Transfer of process data, communication within the system , local area network, open system
internet model of ISO, IEEE project 802 on local area networks, MAO-manufacturing
automation protocol, buses and communication , network of DCCS, Real time operating system,
communication software, process-oriented language, application software, software
configuration and parametrization, knowledge based software, Data acquisition and signal
processing algorithms, closed loop and sequential control, optimal and adaptive control,
implementation examples, algorithm available with DCCS
Unit VI: 6 lecture hours
Reliability parameters of systems, reliability and availability of multi-computer systems,
reliability of software, reliability design guidelines for DCCS, reliability concepts in available
DCCS, Power plants, iron and steel plants, chemical plants, cement plants, pulp and paper plants,
cement making plants, water and waste water treatment plants, oil and gas fields, state of the art
in DCCS, state of the art in programmable controllers, factors impacting technology
development, artificial intelligence in process control.
Text Books
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2003
3. Dobrivojie Popovic, Vijay P. Bhatkar, Distributed Computer Control Systems in Industrial
Automation
4. Fabián García-Nocetti & Hector Benite, Reconfigurable Distributed Control
Reference Books
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, Pearson Education.
2. James F. Kurouse & W. Rouse, “Computer Networking: A Topdown Approach Featuring”,
Pearson Education.
3. Robert H. Bishop, Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and
Modeling, ,CRC press
4. Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley, Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for
Mechatronic Systems and their design, Springer
5. C. Sivaram Murthy, B.S.Manoj, “Ad hoc Wireless Networks – Architecture and Protocols”,
Second Edition, Pearson Education.
6. Greg Tomshon, Ed Tittel, David Johnson. “Guide to Networking Essentials”, fifth edition,
Thomson India Learning, 2007.
7. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education,
2000.
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 - - - 2 2 3
CO2 1 - 2 2 1 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 - 2 3
Avera
ge
1 2 2 3 2 1.5 2.25 2.5
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
MECH 4011 Micro Electro-Mechanical Systems L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Instrumentation and Control
2. Materials Science
Co-requisites 1. Strength of Materials
2. Engineering Thermodynamics
3. Fluid Mechanics
4. Heat Transfer
Course Objectives
1. To make students understand about the working principles of microsystems
2. To make students know about the various manufacturing techniques used for producing
microdevices
3. To make students understand the significance of microsystems in the advancements of
modern technology
4. To make students know about how interdisciplinary areas converge together for the
advancement of technology
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Define MEMS and microsystems and able to distinguish between the two.
CO2. Explain the working principles of MEMS sensors and actuators.
CO3. Describe the various materials used for making MEMS and microsystems.
CO4. Examine procedures for manufacturing MEMS devices.
CO5. Summarize the applications of MEMS.
Catalog Description
MEMS is a kind of Multiphysics-Multiengineering discipline and its scope is enormous in
magnitude. Microsystem engineering involves the design, manufacture, and packaging of MEMS
and peripherals. There is a strong demand for MEMS and microsystems in a rapidly growing
market. This course provides the students with the necessary fundamental knowledge and
experience in the area of MEMS.
Course Content
Unit I: 2 lecture hours
Overview of MEMS and microsystems: MEMS and microsystems, typical MEMS and
microsystems products, microsystems and microelectronics, multidisciplinary nature of
microsystem design and manufacture, microsystems and miniaturization, applications-
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
automotive industry, health care, aerospace, industrial products, consumer products and
telecommunications, markets for MEMS.
Unit II: 5 lecture hours
Working principles of microsystems: Microsensors- acoustic wave, biomedical and biosensors,
chemical, optical, pressure, thermal, Microactuation- actuation using thermal forces, shape
memory alloys, piezoelectric crystals and electrostatic forces, MEMS with microactuators-
microgrippers, micromotors, microvalves and micromotors, microaccelerometers, microfluidics.
Unit III: 12 lecture hours
Basics of microsystem design and fabrication: Atomic structure of matter, ions and ionization,
molecular theory of matter and intramolecular forces, doping of semiconductors, Mechanical
vibration- general formulation, resonant vibration, micro accelerometers, design theory of
accelerometers, damping coefficients, resonant microsensors, Thermomechanics- thermal effects
on mechanical strength of materials, creep deformation, Thermofluid engineering- viscosity of
fluids, streamlines and stream tubes, control volumes and control surfaces, flow patterns and
Reynolds number, the Continuity equation, the momentum equation, the equation of motion,
surface tension, the capillary effect, micropumping, Fourier’s law of heat conduction, heat
conduction equation, Newton’s law of cooling, solid-fluid interaction, boundary conditions.
Unit IV: 5 lecture hours
Materials for MEMS and microsystems: Substrates and wafers, active substrate materials,
Silicon as a substrate material- ideal substrate for MEMS, single-crystal Si and wafers, crystal
structure, the Miller indices, mechanical properties of Si, Silicon compounds- Silicon dioxide,
Silicon carbide, Silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, Silicon piezoresistors, Gallium arsenide,
Quartz, Piezoelectric crystals, Polymers- polymers as industrial materials, polymers for MEMS
and microsystems, conductive polymers, the Langmuir-Blodgett films, Packaging materials.
Unit V: 6 lecture hours
Microsystem fabrication processes: Photolithography- photoresists and application, light sources,
photoresist development, photoresist removal and postbaking, Ion implantation, Diffusion,
Oxidation- thermal oxidation, Silicon dioxide, thermal oxidation rates, oxide thickness by colour,
Chemical vapour deposition- working principle, chemical reactions, rate of deposition, enhanced
CVD, Physical vapour deposition- sputtering, Deposition by epitaxy, Etching- chemical, plasma.
Unit VI: 6 lecture hours
Overview of micromanufacturing: Bulk micromanufacturing- isotropic and anisotropic etching,
wet etchants, etch stop, dry etching, surface micromachining- process description, mechanical
problems, the LIGA process- description, materials for substrates and photoresists,
electroplating, the SLIGA process.
Text Books
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems- Design and Manufacture, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited
Reference Books
1. Mahalik, MEMS, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 1 3
CO5 2 2 1 2 3 3
Avera
ge
2 2.2 1.6 1.4 2 1.67 2.4
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
CHCE 3033 Process Control L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Instrumentation and Control
2. Materials Technology
Co-requisites 5. Mechanics of Solids
6. Engineering Thermodynamics
Course Objectives
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Describe, identify and implement advanced control applications
2. Optimize industrial models through adaptive control
3. To apply informative control in an industrial environment
4. To implement data processing and acquisition systems through distributed and
supervisory control
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1.Process modeling fundamentals: Differential equation models, Laplace transforms,
linearization, idealized dynamic behavior, transfer functions, block diagram, and process
optimization.
CO2.Control system context: safety, environmental concerns, product quality, and economical
operation, instrumentation (valves, sensors, transmitters, and controllers).
CO3. Evaluate stability, frequency response, and other characteristics relevant to process control.
Catalog Description
This course focuses on the fundamental principles of control theory and the practice of automatic
process control. The basic concepts involved in process control are then introduced, including
the elements of control systems, feedback/forward control, block diagrams, and transfer
functions. The course introduces students to the mathematical theory, modern practice and
industrial technology of process control, combining theoretical and computational approaches in
order to illustrate how dynamic mass and energy balances govern the response of unit operations
and plants to setpoint changes and external disturbances.
Course Content
Unit I: Introduction 6 lectures
Special Characteristics of process systems Large Time constraints, Interaction, Multistage, Pure
Lag, Control loops for simple systems
Unit II: Control System 5 lectures
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Generation of control action in electronic and pneumatic controllers, Control valves, valves
positioners, relief valves , Relays, volume boosters, Pneumatic transmitters for process
variables, Tuning of controllers-Zeigler Nichols and other techniques.
Unit III: Control Techniques 9
lectures
Different control techniques and interaction of process parameters e.g. feed forward, cascade
ratio, override controls, batch continuous process controls, feed forward control schemes
Unit IV: Various process schemes/unit operations and their control schemes 8 lectures
Distillation columns, absorbers, heat exchangers, furnaces, reactor, mineral processing
industries, etc. use of control schemes for process optimization
Unit V: Advanced control strategies with case studies 8 lectures
Use of DDC and PLC, Introduction to supervisory control, conversion of existing control
schemes in operating plants, Data Loggers.
Text Books
1. Coughanowr D.R., "Process system Analysis & Control", 2nd Edn., McGraw Hill,
Singapore, 1991.
2. 2. G. Stephanopoulos, Chemical Process Control: An Introduction to Theory and
Practice, Prentice Hall.
3. 3. Peter Harriott, "Process Control" McGraw Hill, New York, 1972.
4. 4. Sharma B.K., "Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis", 7th Edn., Goel
Publishing, Meerut, 1985-86.
5. 5. Donald P. Eckman, "Industrial Instrumentation", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1993 6.
Galen W. Ewing, "Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis", 5th Edn., McGraw Hill
Reference Books
1. Process control system by Bequete
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/CO PO1 PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO1
2
PSO
1
PS
O2
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1
CO2 3 - 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 - 1 2 3
CO3 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - 1 3 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Course Objectives
1. To assess the vision and introduction of IoT.
2. To Understand IoT Market perspective.
3. To Implement Data and Knowledge Management and use of Devices in IoT Technology.
4. To Understand State of the Art - IoT Architecture.
5. To classify Real World IoT Design Constraints, Industrial Automation in IoT.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things), its enabling technologies and existing applications.
CO2. Analyze and review the technology fundamentals and real-world constraints of the IoT
(Internet of Things)
CO3. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things) standards and the existing protocols.
CO4. Analyze the IoT (Internet of Things) governance principles and related issues.
Catalog Description
The course will cover IoT systems architecture, hardware platforms, relevant wireless
technologies and networking protocols, security and privacy concepts, device programming and
debugging, cloud integration, simple data analytics, and commercialisation challenges. The
students should expect to be able to apply the taught concepts in the development of an IoT
prototype.
Course Content
CSIS 4001 Internet of Things L T P C
Version 1.0 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites/Exposure 1. Engineering mathematics
2. Engineering Physics
3. Basic Electronic Engineering
Co-requisites
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Unit I: Introduction to the Internet of Things 8
lectures
History of IoT, about objects/things in the IoT, the identifier in the IoT, Enabling technologies of
IoT, Other technologies (introduction and overview of Radio Frequency Identification, Wireless
Sensor Networks: Technology, Power Line Communication Technology), Internet in IoT.
Unit II: Nuts and bolts of IoT 7
lectures
Vision, technology fundamentals, Real-world design constraints, market perspective.
Unit III: Internet of Things - Implementation examples 7 lectures
Asset management, Industrial Automation, smart grids, Commercial building automation, Smart
cities, Participatory sensing.
Unit IV: The Internet of Things – Setting the Standards 7 lectures
Introduction, Standardizing the IoT, need of standardization, Identification in the IoT (data
formats, IPv6, HIP, multimedia information access), Promoting ubiquitous networking,
Safeguarding data and consumer privacy.
Unit V: Governance of the Internet of Things 7
lectures Introduction, Bodies subject to governing principles (overview, private organisations,
International regulator and supervisors), Substantive principles for IoT governance (Legitimacy
and inclusion of stakeholders, Transparency, Accountability), IoT infrastructure governance
(Robustness, Availability, Reliability, Interoperability, Access), Further governance issues
(Practical implications, Legal implications).
Text Books
1. Hakima Chaouchi (Editor), The Internet of Things: Connecting Objects to the Web, ISTE
Ltd and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., ISBN 978-1-84821-140-7, 2010.
2. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand,
David Boyle, From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New
Age of Intelligence, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-12-407684-6, 2014.
Reference Books
1. Francis daCosta, Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything, Apress Open, 2013.
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Examination Scheme:
Components Internal
Assessment
MSE ESE
Weightage (%) 30 20 50
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
PO/
CO
P
O
1
P
O
2
P
O
3
P
O
4
P
O
5
P
O
6
P
O
7
P
O
8
P
O
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO
1
3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 -
CO
2
3 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 -
CO
3
3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 1
CO
4
3 1 - 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 -
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Course Objectives:
Identify the components and performance characteristics of the system and the stations.
Understanding the Energy Mass and Information flow in the Mechatronics system.
Mechatronic system components like control components and power components
To function as a Mechatronic Systems Assistant working as a well-grounded machine
operator in a complex system, with responsibility for efficient operation of the equipment
with minimal down-times.
Course Outcomes
MEPD 4016 Mechatronics Laboratory L T P C
Version 1.0 0 0 2 1
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites PLC, Hydraulics & Pneumatic
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
At the end of this course student should be able to
CO1. Understand the objective of the experiment and experimental set-up/procedure of
Mechatronics platform
CO2. Conduct the experiments based on different operation on mechatronics platform during the
experimentation.
CO3. Interpret data obtained during experiments of mechatronics platform and SCARA robot.
CO4. Use teamwork and ethical principles in solving engineering problem with a measure to o
overcome obsolescence
Catalog Description
This lab imparts skill and knowledge on Modular Automation Production Systems by
implementing the automation skills achieved from Basics of PLC and SCADA system .Students
are trained on the Modular Mechatronic Systems (MMS), which is designed to understand the
industrial production process.
Course Content
Experiment No: 01
Observing, analyzing and documenting in the beginner’s for the mMS reality with station 1
Experiment No: 02
Understanding basic technologies in the beginner’s application for electrical systems/sensorics
with station 2
Experiment No: 03
Basic principles of PLC programming with L20 in the beginner’s application for the electrical
conveyor belt in station 1
Experiment No: 04
Programming and hardware in the beginner’s application for a pneumatic press
Experiment No:05
Machine safety, emergency stop, CE marking in the beginner’s application for emergency stop
Experiment No:06
Programming of the hardware in the expert’s application for the station 2 handling device
Experiment No:07
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Implementation of project on CNC simulator
Experiment No:08 Elutriator
Pick and place operation on SCARA Robot
Experiment No:9
Troubleshooting of SCARA robot
Experiment No:10
Interfacing of sensor and PLC for operation.
Text Books
1. Mechatronics System Design, Devdas Shetty, Richard A. Kolk, Clengage Learning
2. Mechatronic Systems Design: Methods, Models, Concepts, Klaus Janschek”, Springer
Reference
5. Mechatronic Systems, Sensors, and Actuators: Fundamentals and Modeling, Robert H.
Bishop,CRC press
6. Mechatronic Futures: Challenges and Solutions for Mechatronic Systems and their
designer
7. “Peter Hehenberger, David Bradley”, Springer
8. Lab manual
Modes of Evaluation:
Students will be continuously evaluated based on following 2 stages.
Experiment Evaluation - 50%
viva voce / Quiz - 50%
Relationship between the Program Outcomes (POs), Program Specific Outcomes and
Course Outcomes (COs)
1. Weak Mapped 2. Moderate Mapped 3. Strong Mapped
PO/C
O
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO8 PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3
CO2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO3 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2 - 3 2
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
PROJ 4110 Major Project -2 L T P C
Version 1.0 6 0 0 6
Pre-requisites/Exposure
Co-requisites
Course Objectives
1. Develop student’s knowledge for solving technical problems through structured project
research study in order to produce competent and sound engineers.
2. Provide the students with the opportunity to design undertake or conduct an independent
research or study related to their degree course.
3. Identify and describe the problem and scope of project clearly, collect, analyze and
present data into meaningful information using relevant tools
4. Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work independently
and ethically
5. Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Explain the proposed topic and idea
CO 2: Explain the objectives of the projects
CO 3: Demonstrate methodology to achieve the objectives
CO4: Apply the professional ethics involved in projects
CO5: Illustrate presentation skills and report
CO6: Demonstrate ability to work effectively in a team and leadership skills
Catalog Description
This assignment will be an extension of Major Project-I
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination
Continuous monitoring and evaluation. Student will be evaluated twice in a semester by Mentor
(50%) and Expert panel (50%). Marks earned will be compiled and converted to grades.
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
PO/
CO
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
PO
4
P
O5
P
O6 PO7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 -
CO3 1 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - - 1 3 2 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3 - - -
1 = weakly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 3 = strongly mapped
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES 2019-23 BATCH
List of Open Electives
Open Elective-I/II/III (3 credits each)
PHYS3201 Astronomy and Astrophysics
PHYS3202 Weather Forecasting
PHYS3203 Nanotechnology: A Maker's Course
ECEG3201 AI and Machine Learning
ECEG3202 IOT Devices
ECEG3203 MATLAB for Engineering
EPEC3201 Renewable Energy Technology
EPEC3204 Energy Management
ECEG3204 Introduction to Robotics and Automation
EPEC3205 Energy Efficient Buildings
HUMN0301 Industrial Management
HUMN0302 Professional Ethics
HUMN0303 Employment Communication
HUMN0304 Sociology
HUMN0305 Techniques of Report & Proposal Writing
HUMN0306 Mind, Body and Wellness
HUMN0307 Introduction to Psychology
HUMN0308
Translation Studies: An understanding to approach and
application
HUMN0309 Gender, Culture and Society
HUMN0310 Academic Writing
HUMN0312 Media & Personal Branding
HUMN0313 Understanding Society and Culture through Literature